{"title":"Computer-aided design (CAD) Books","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"graphic-design-for-everyone-9780241343814","title":"Graphic Design For Everyone","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsultant editor:\u003cbr\u003eCath Caldwell  is a Senior Lecturer at Central Saint Martins, the world-leading college for art and design education at University of the Arts London. She is a former Design Director at ELLE UK, having also worked for the Guardian and Condé Nast (New York). She is the author of two books on graphic design and co-founder of the Editorial Designers Organisation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eContibuting authors:\u003cbr\u003eJohnny Belknap is a native New Yorker who cut his design teeth on the iconic \u003ci\u003eVillage Voice \u003c\/i\u003enewspaper in the 1970s. He moved on to art director roles at oublications including the \u003ci\u003eNew York Times\u003c\/i\u003e, the \u003ci\u003eSunday Telegraph Magazine\u003c\/i\u003e, and the \u003ci\u003eJewish Chronicle\u003c\/i\u003e, as well as running his own design studio.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJamie Sanchez Hearn is a graphic designer and lecturer, specializing in Typography, Branding, and Editorial Design. Jamie worked for several international design agencies before forming his own design studio. He currently teaches at Central Saint Martins and is a fellow of the UK's Higher Education Academy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEmily Wood is a graphic designer and lecturer. She has worked for leading design studios Pentagram, Johnson Banks, and Bloom, and with a range of cultural organizations, including London's V\u0026amp;A Museum and Amnesty International. Emily's research is focused on sustainability through education and design. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJulia Woollams is a graphic designer, branding consultant, lecturer, and co-founder of creative consultancy 31% Wool. She specializes in cultural and not-for-profit sectors and has worked with organizations including the Science Museum, the Sendai Observatory, the University of Cambridge, and UNICEF UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dorling Kindersley Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48733035921751,"sku":"9780241343814","price":15.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780241343814.jpg?v=1719999263"},{"product_id":"learning-vector-illustration-with-adobe-illustrator-9781350047891","title":"Learning Vector Illustration with Adobe","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen you begin using vector illustration software it can be confusing and frustrating to even work out how to make a mark on the page - but this new hybrid approach to learning integrates tutorial videos and step-by-step projects to help you becoming confident in no time. Starting with first principles, this book introduces you to all the important tools and processes  from the basics of Bezier curves to applying meshes  so you can quickly and efficiently create your own designs. As you learn each skill there are projects for you to try out, and by the end of the book you'll build up to a major design project to put all your new abilities into practice.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eIntroduction:\u003c\/b\u003e I get it! My first vector experiences How the book works Project Pages explanation: The long running project   \u003cb\u003e1. Interface and the Basics\u003c\/b\u003e Workspace options Navigation Tool names, functions, quick keys chart Getting Started: Document Set-up and Layers Formats for saving your work   \u003cb\u003e2. Making Marks \u003c\/b\u003e Simple Mark Making Commanding Vectors Width Tool and its brethren Nesting Strokes (Appearance menu) \u003cb\u003eIndependent Projects to Engage in: \u003c\/b\u003eMultiple Strokes \u003cb\u003eProject Pages\u003c\/b\u003e   \u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Taking Shape\u003c\/b\u003e ·        Ellipses, Rectangles, Polygons…oh my! ·        Compound Shapes (Pathfinder) ·        Rotate, Reflect, Scale, and Skew tools \u003cb\u003eIndependent Projects to Engage in: \u003c\/b\u003eSymbol Development Advanced Option: Logo Design \u003cb\u003eProject Pages\u003c\/b\u003e   \u003cb\u003e4. Colour: Beyond the Default Swatches\u003c\/b\u003e Colour Modes Colour Books Making a Swatch, Colour Groups, and Colour Theme Basic Gradient Tool \u003cb\u003eIndependent Projects to Engage in: \u003c\/b\u003eLogo Colorizing \u003cb\u003eProject Pages\u003c\/b\u003e   \u003cb\u003e5. Sketches Alive! Bringing your traditional skills into Illustrator\u003c\/b\u003e Placing your scanned or captured sketches Introducing the Live Trace Control Bar  Live Paint Bucket tool \u003cb\u003eIndependent Projects to Engage in: \u003c\/b\u003e105 Animal Sketches Advanced Project:\u003ci\u003e Theatre\/Play\u003c\/i\u003e Poster and repurpose      \u003cb\u003eProject Pages\u003c\/b\u003e   \u003cb\u003e6. Type in Illustrator                                    \u003c\/b\u003e Introducing the Type tools Introducing the Glyph, Character and Paragraph panels Why Style Sheets?  Envelopes: Warp, Mesh, Top Object Creating Outlines \u003cb\u003eIndependent Projects to engage in: \u003c\/b\u003eGlyph Development \u003cb\u003eProject Pages\u003c\/b\u003e   \u003cb\u003e7. Pattern vs Symbols\u003c\/b\u003e Introduce Pattern Making Panel Introducing the Symbol Tools Masking Multiple Fills in the Appearance menu \u003cb\u003eIndependent Projects to engage in: \u003c\/b\u003ePattern Making with your Glyph \u003cb\u003eProject Pages\u003c\/b\u003e   \u003cb\u003e8. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eGradient Mesh\u003c\/b\u003e Introducing Mesh Applying a mesh to a gradient \u003cb\u003eIndependent Projects to engage in: \u003c\/b\u003eIt’s in the Cards \u003cb\u003eProject Pages\u003c\/b\u003e   \u003cb\u003e9. 3-D rendering\u003c\/b\u003e Extrude  Bevel Rotate Revolve and Map Art  \u003cb\u003eIndependent Projects to engage in: \u003c\/b\u003eIt’s in the Cards \u003cb\u003eProject Pages\u003c\/b\u003e   \u003cb\u003e10. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003ePerspective Grid\u003c\/b\u003e Navigating the Perspective grid Applying \u0026amp; releasing items to the grid \u003cb\u003eIndependent Projects to engage in: \u003c\/b\u003eIt’s in the Cards \u003cb\u003eProject Pages\u003c\/b\u003e   \u003cb\u003e11. Graph Tool\u003c\/b\u003e Creating a simple Bar graph in illustrator Importing data from excel Customizing your graph’s style Caution: Statistics can lie; Don’t be a liar \u003cb\u003eIndependent Projects to engage in: \u003c\/b\u003eInfographic \u003cb\u003eProject Pages\u003c\/b\u003e   \u003cb\u003e12. Land of the forgotten tools: \u003c\/b\u003e Blend Tool: Fun with highlights Eraser, Scissors, Knife…oh my! The Slice Tool is not for cutting and dividing.      \u003cb\u003eGlossary\u003c\/b\u003e   \u003cb\u003eIndex\u003c\/b\u003e","brand":"Bloomsbury Publishing PLC","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738582921559,"sku":"9781350047891","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781350047891.jpg?v=1720049548"},{"product_id":"datadriven-graphic-design-9781472578303","title":"Datadriven Graphic Design","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAndrew Richardson is a Senior Lecturer in the Northumbria School of Design at Northumbria University, UK. He has exhibited and presented digital interactive artwork in exhibitions and festivals both nationally and internationally.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is rare to find a book that adeptly addresses the creative, conceptual, and technical aspects of programming. For those who work and teach in the space between the technical and the creative, this book will be a valued resource. -- Joel Swanson, Director Technology, Arts \u0026amp; Media Program University of Colorado, Boulder, USA\u003cbr\u003eThis is an amazing work capable of addressing the most important concepts of algorithmic and process oriented design\/art. No other text I have read so comprehensively guides the reader through the visual output and the internal programming motivations for creating such beautiful data-driven work. -- Wayne Madsen, Assistant Professor of New Media Art and Technology, Indiana University, Kokomo, USA\u003cbr\u003eThis title describes the changes that have taken place in graphic design and visual communication from traditional ink and paper to the power of computer processing…To demonstrate the power of this digital technology, the book is illustrated with 200 color images as examples of the new data-driven design…Summing up: Recommended. * CHOICE *\u003cbr\u003eData-driven Design is a clearly written, comprehensive overview of the fruitful meeting point of computer programming and visual output that will be particularly useful for newcomers to the practice of code-based art and design. * ARLIS\/NA Reviews *\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction 1. Designers and Code 2. Drawing with Numbers   3. Growth and Form 4. Dynamic Typography 5: Seeing the World 6. Large and Live External Data  Bibliography and Webography Index Acknowledgements","brand":"Bloomsbury Publishing PLC","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48739471360343,"sku":"9781472578303","price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781472578303.jpg?v=1720052343"},{"product_id":"digital-drawing-for-designers-9781501362835","title":"Digital Drawing for Designers","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAutoCAD continues to dominate the two-dimensional drafting marketplace for architects and interior designers. \u003ci\u003eDigital Drawing for Designers: A Visual Guide to AutoCAD 2021\u003c\/i\u003e is designed to help this community by using visual methods to lead to understanding. Starting with the building blocks of drawing (lines, circles, and arcs), the book progresses through architectural graphic standards, enabling students to create presentation and construction drawings that effectively communicate their design ideas. Advanced features such as annotative dimensions, annotative blocks, express tools, and linking drawings (XREFs) are also covered. Instructions are illustrated using language and concepts from manual drafting, facilitating a smooth transition to the digital environment for all designers, and showing just how your paper idea becomes a digital reality. Clear, concise, and above all visual, this AutoCAD guide gives you exactly what you need to become a pro at this program.New to this E\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHand Drawing and Digital Drawing 1. Digital Drawing Tools  2. Drawing Lines and Shapes 3. Modifying Lines and Shapes  4. Drawing with Accuracy and Speed  Design Drawings 5. Floor Plans, Furniture Plans, and Reflected Ceiling Plans 6. Sections and Elevations 7. Drawing and Printing to Scale 8. Text Styles and Sizes 9. Stencils and Blocks  Construction Drawings 10. Dimensioning Your Drawing 11. Text Leaders 12. Construction Detailing  13. Drawing Symbols and Attributed Text  Advanced Drawing Tools 14. Advanced Editing Tools 15. Linking Drawings\/External References 17. AutoCAD Web \u0026amp; Mobile   Index Basic Metric Conversion Table Layer Name Reference Guide Quick Command Reference Guide","brand":"Bloomsbury Publishing PLC","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48739786981719,"sku":"9781501362835","price":76.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781501362835.jpg?v=1720053141"},{"product_id":"autocad-2021-tutorial-first-level-2d-fundamentals-9781630573393","title":"AutoCAD 2021 Tutorial First Level 2D Fundamentals","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis textbook introduces Computer Aided Design and Drafting (CADD) as a training guide for students and professionals. This text covers AutoCAD 2021 and the lessons proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic shapes to making multiview drawings.  \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740693377367,"sku":"9781630573393","price":51.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630573393.jpg?v=1723812320"},{"product_id":"finite-element-simulations-with-ansys-workbench-17-including-unique-access-code-9781630570880","title":"Finite Element Simulations with ANSYS Workbench","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eFinite Element Simulations with ANSYS Workbench 17 is a comprehensive and easy to understand workbook. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740693442903,"sku":"9781630570880","price":62.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630570880.jpg?v=1720055371"},{"product_id":"solidworks-2016-basic-tools-9781630570019","title":"SOLIDWORKS 2016 Basic Tools","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eSOLIDWORKS 2016 Basic Tools is the first book in a three part series. It introduces new users to the SOLIDWORKS interface, SOLIDWORKS tools and basic modeling techniques. It provides readers with a strong understanding of SOLIDWORKS and covers the creation of parts, assemblies and drawings. Every lesson and exercise in this book was created based on real world projects. Each of these projects have been broken down and developed into easy and comprehensible steps for the reader. Furthermore, at the end of every chapter there are self test questionnaires to ensure that the reader has gained sufficient knowledge from each section before moving on to more advanced lessons. This book takes the approach that in order to understand SOLIDWORKS, inside and out, the reader should create everything from the beginning and take it step by step.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740693770583,"sku":"9781630570019","price":55.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630570019.jpg?v=1720055372"},{"product_id":"an-introduction-to-solidworks-flow-simulation-2021-9781630573850","title":"An Introduction to SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e An Introduction to SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation 2021\u003c\/em\u003e takes you through the steps of creating the SOLIDWORKS part for the simulation followed by the setup and calculation of the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation project. The results from calculations are visualized and compared with theoretical solutions and empirical data. Each chapter starts with the objectives and a description of the specific problems that are studied. End of chapter exercises are included for reinforcement and practice of what has been learned.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e The fourteen chapters of this book are directed towards first-time to intermediate level users of SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation. It is intended to be a supplement to undergraduate Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer related courses. This book can also be used to show students the capabilities of fluid flow and heat transfer simulations in freshman and sophomore courses such as Introduction to Engineering. Both internal and external flow problems are covered and compared with experimental results and analytical solutions. Covered topics include airfoil flow, boundary layers, flow meters, heat exchanger, natural and forced convection, pipe flow, rotating flow, tube bank flow and valve flow.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Covers these feature of SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation 2021:\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e  Animations\u003cbr\u003e  Automatic and Manual Meshing\u003cbr\u003e  Boundary Conditions\u003cbr\u003e  Calculation Control Options\u003cbr\u003e  External and Internal Flow\u003cbr\u003e  Goals\u003cbr\u003e  Laminar and Turbulent Flow\u003cbr\u003e  Physical Features\u003cbr\u003e  Result Visualizations\u003cbr\u003e  Two and Three Dimensional Flow\u003cbr\u003e  Velocity, Thermodynamic and Turbulence Parameters\u003cbr\u003e  Wall Thermal Conditions\u003cbr\u003e  Free Surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740693999959,"sku":"9781630573850","price":52.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"project-based-solidworks-2019-9781630572174","title":"Project Based SOLIDWORKS 2019","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740694065495,"sku":"9781630572174","price":45.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630572174.jpg?v=1720055373"},{"product_id":"principles-and-practice-an-integrated-approach-to-engineering-graphics-and-autocad-2022-9781630574291","title":"Principles and Practice An Integrated Approach to","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book combines an introduction to AutoCAD 2022 with a comprehensive coverage of engineering graphics principles. By adopting this textbook, you will no longer need to adopt separate CAD and engineering graphics books for your course. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740694294871,"sku":"9781630574291","price":58.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630574291.jpg?v=1720055374"},{"product_id":"parametric-modeling-with-autodesk-inventor-2022-9781630574222","title":"Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2022","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eParametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2022\u003c\/em\u003e contains a series of seventeen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce Autodesk Inventor, solid modeling, and parametric modeling. It uses a hands-on, exercise-intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740694262103,"sku":"9781630574222","price":60.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630574222.jpg?v=1720055374"},{"product_id":"solidworks-2019-and-engineering-graphics-9781630572402","title":"SOLIDWORKS 2019 and Engineering Graphics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eSOLIDWORKS 2019 and Engineering Graphics: An Integrated Approach combines an introduction to SOLIDWORKS 2019 with a comprehensive coverage of engineering graphics principles. Not only will this unified approach give your course a smoother flow, your students will also save money on their textbooks. Whatâs more, the exercises in this book cover the performance tasks that are included on the Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) Examination. Reference guides located at the front of the book and in each chapter show where these performance tasks are covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe primary goal of SOLIDWORKS 2018 and Engineering Graphics: An Integrated Approach is to introduce the aspects of Engineering Graphics with the use of modern Computer Aided Design package â SOLIDWORKS 2019. This text is intended to be used as a training guide for students and professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe chapters in this text proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic shapes to making complete sets of engineering drawings. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740694327639,"sku":"9781630572402","price":51.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630572402.jpg?v=1720055374"},{"product_id":"design-workbook-using-solidworks-2021-design-detailing-assembly-analysis-basics-9781630573980","title":"Design Workbook Using SOLIDWORKS 2021: Design,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eRevised and refreshed for SOLIDWORKS 2021, \u003cem\u003eDesign Workbook Using SOLIDWORKS 2021\u003c\/em\u003e is an exercise-based book that guides you through a series of easy to understand, step-by-step tutorials that cover basic SOLIDWORKS commands. The 2021 edition includes updated SOLIDWORKS processes and methods to create models more efficiently than ever before. The intended audience is undergraduate engineering majors, but it can also be used in pre-college engineering courses. The engaging and straightforward lab exercises in this workbook are also ideal for self-learners.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e The text takes an educational approach where you learn through repetition, starting with simple models, and introducing more complex models and commands as the book progresses, leading you to create assemblies, make Finite Element Analyses, detail manufacturing drawings, complete dynamic simulations, and learn the basics of rapid prototyping. The principles of engineering graphics are also incorporated into the lessons throughout the text.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e The commands and functions learned throughout this book will help a new user understand their use, how to apply them in different situations, and design ever more complex components.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740694425943,"sku":"9781630573980","price":52.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"autocad-2022-tutorial-second-level-3d-modeling-9781630574482","title":"AutoCAD 2022 Tutorial Second Level 3D Modeling","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe primary goal of \u003ci\u003eAutoCAD 2022 Tutorial Second Level 3D Modeling\u003c\/i\u003e is to introduce the aspects of computer based three dimensional modeling. This text is intended to be used as a training guide for both students and professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740694491479,"sku":"9781630574482","price":54.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630574482.jpg?v=1720055376"},{"product_id":"tools-for-design-using-autocad-2022-and-autodesk-inventor-2022-hand-sketching-2d-drawing-and-3d-modeling-9781630574444","title":"Tools for Design Using AutoCAD 2022 and Autodesk","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTools for Design\u003c\/em\u003e is intended to provide you with an overview of computer aided design using two popular CAD software packages from Autodesk: AutoCAD and Autodesk Inventor. This book explores the strengths of each package and shows how they can be used in design, both separately and in combination with each other.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740694524247,"sku":"9781630574444","price":59.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630574444.jpg?v=1720055376"},{"product_id":"autodesk-inventor-2022-and-engineering-graphics-an-integrated-approach-9781630574352","title":"Autodesk Inventor 2022 and Engineering Graphics:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAutodesk Inventor 2022 and Engineering Graphics: An Integrated Approach\u003c\/em\u003e will teach you the principles of engineering graphics while instructing you on how to use the powerful 3D modeling capabilities of Autodesk Inventor 2022. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740694557015,"sku":"9781630574352","price":55.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630574352.jpg?v=1720055374"},{"product_id":"data-driven-engineering-design-9783030881801","title":"Data-Driven Engineering Design","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book addresses the emerging paradigm of data-driven engineering design. In the big-data era, data is becoming a strategic asset for global manufacturers. This book shows how the power of data can be leveraged to drive the engineering design process, in particular, the early-stage design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBased on novel combinations of standing design methodology and the emerging data science, the book presents a collection of theoretically sound and practically viable design frameworks, which are intended to address a variety of critical design activities including conceptual design, complexity management, smart customization, smart product design, product service integration, and so forth. In addition, it includes a number of detailed case studies to showcase the application of data-driven engineering design. The book concludes with a set of promising research questions that warrant further investigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGiven its scope, the book will appeal to a broad readership, including postgraduate students, researchers, lecturers, and practitioners in the field of engineering design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eData-driven Engineering Design.- User-Generated Content Analysis for Customer Needs Elicitation.- Data-driven Conceptual Design.- Management of Constraints, Complexities, and Contradictions in the Data Era.- Blockchain-based Data-driven Smart Customisation.- Data-driven Design of Smart Product.- Data-driven Smart Product Service System.- Digital Twin for Data-driven Engineering Design.- Enabling Technologies of Data-driven Engineering Design.","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743056179543,"sku":"9783030881801","price":49.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"augmented-reality-where-we-will-all-live-9783031325809","title":"Augmented Reality: Where We Will All Live","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book provides an in-depth exploration of the field of augmented reality (AR) in its entirety and sets out to distinguish AR from other inter-related technologies like virtual reality (VR), mixed reality (MR) and extended reality (XR).\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe author presents AR from its initial philosophies and early developments, and in this updated 2\u003csup\u003end\u003c\/sup\u003e edition discusses the latest advances and the ramifications they bring and the impact they have on modern society. He examines the new companies that have entered the field and those that have failed or were acquired giving a complete history of AR progress.  He explores the possible future developments providing readers with the tools to understand issues relating to defining, building, and using their perception of what is represented in their perceived reality, and ultimately how we assimilate and react to this information. \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIn \u003ci\u003eAugmented Reality: Where We Will All Live 2\u003csup\u003end\u003c\/sup\u003e Edition, \u003c\/i\u003eJon Peddie has amassed and integrated a corpus of material that is finally in one place. It will serve as a comprehensive guide and provide valuable insights for technologists, marketers, business managers, educators and academics who are interested in the field of augmented reality, its concepts, history, practices, and the science behind this rapidly advancing field of research and development.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eForeword by Thomas A. Furness III.- Foreword by Steve Mann.- Preface.- List of Figures.- List of Tables.- Introduction.- Types of Augmented Reality Systems.- Augmented Reality—We’ll All Be Experts Now.- Overview of Augmented Reality System Organization.- Historical Overview: Ghosts to Real AR to DARPA.- Key Applications.- Software Tools and Technologies.- Technology Issues.- Augmented Reality Devices and Suppliers.- Conclusions and Future Possibilities.- Appendix.- Index.- Acknowledgements.","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743081541975,"sku":"9783031325809","price":35.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783031325809.jpg?v=1720064028"},{"product_id":"the-nurbs-book-9783540615453","title":"The NURBS Book","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUntil recently B-spline curves and surfaces (NURBS) were principally of interest to the computer aided design community, where they have become the standard for curve and surface description. Today we are seeing expanded use of NURBS in modeling objects for the visual arts, including the film and entertainment industries, art, and sculpture. NURBS are now also being used for modeling scenes for virtual reality applications. These applications are expected to increase. Consequently, it is quite appropriate for The.N'URBS Book to be part of the Monographs in Visual Communication Series. B-spline curves and surfaces have been an enduring element throughout my pro­ fessional life. The first edition of Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics, published in 1972, was the first computer aided design\/interactive computer graph­ ics textbook to contain material on B-splines. That material was obtained through the good graces of Bill Gordon and Louie Knapp while they were at Syracuse University. A paper of mine, presented during the Summer of 1977 at a Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers meeting on computer aided ship surface design, was arguably the first to examine the use of B-spline curves for ship design. For many, B-splines, rational B-splines, and NURBS have been a bit mysterious.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne Curve and Surface Basics.- 1.1 Implicit and Parametric Forms.- 1.2 Power Basis Form of a Curve.- 1.3 Bézier Curves.- 1.4 Rational Bézier Curves.- 1.5 Tensor Product Surfaces.- Exercises.- Two B-Spline Basis Functions.- 2.1 Introduction.- 2.2 Definition and Properties of B-spline Basis Functions.- 2.3 Derivatives of B-spline Basis Functions.- 2.4 Further Properties of the Basis Functions.- 2.5 Computational Algorithms.- Exercises.- Three B-spline Curves and Surfaces.- 3.1 Introduction.- 3.2 The Definition and Properties of B-spline Curves.- 3.3 The Derivatives of a B-spline Curve.- 3.4 Definition and Properties of B-spline Surfaces.- 3.5 Derivatives of a B-spline Surface.- Exercises.- Four Rational B-spline Curves and Surfaces.- 4.1 Introduction.- 4.2 Definition and Properties of NURBS Curves.- 4.3 Derivatives of a NURBS Curve.- 4.4 Definition and Properties of NURBS Surfaces.- 4.5 Derivatives of a NURBS Surface.- Exercises.- Five Fundamental Geometric Algorithms.- 5.1 Introduction.- 5.2 Knot Insertion.- 5.3 Knot Refinement.- 5.4 Knot Removal.- 5.5 Degree Elevation.- 5.6 Degree Reduction.- Exercises.- Six Advanced Geometric Algorithms.- 6.1 Point Inversion and Projection for Curves and Surfaces.- 6.2 Surface Tangent Vector Inversion.- 6.3 Transformations and Projections of Curves and Surfaces.- 6.4 Reparameterization of NURBS Curves and Surfaces.- 6.5 Curve and Surface Reversal.- 6.6 Conversion Between B-spline and Piecewise Power Basis Forms.- Exercises.- Seven Conics and Circles.- 7.1 Introduction.- 7.2 Various Forms for Representing Conics.- 7.3 The Quadratic Rational Bézier Arc.- 7.4 Infinite Control Points.- 7.5 Construction of Circles.- 7.6 Construction of Conies.- 7.7 Conic Type Classification and Form Conversion.- 7.8 Higher Order Circles.- Exercises.- Eight Construction of Common Surfaces.- 8.1 Introduction.- 8.2 Bilinear Surfaces.- 8.3 The General Cylinder.- 8.4 The Ruled Surface.- 8.5 The Surface of Revolution.- 8.6 Nonuniform Scaling of Surfaces.- 8.7 A Three-sided Spherical Surface.- Nine Curve and Surface Fitting.- 9.1 Introduction.- 9.2 Global Interpolation.- 9.2.1 Global Curve Interpolation to Point Data.- 9.2.2 Global Curve Interpolation with End Derivatives Specified.- 9.2.3 Cubic Spline Curve Interpolation.- 9.2.4 Global Curve Interpolation with First Derivatives Specified.- 9.2.5 Global Surface Interpolation.- 9.3 Local Interpolation.- 9.3.1 Local Curve Interpolation Preliminaries.- 9.3.2 Local Parabolic Curve Interpolation.- 9.3.3 Local Rational Quadratic Curve Interpolation.- 9.3.4 Local Cubic Curve Interpolation.- 9.3.5 Local Bicubic Surface Interpolation.- 9.4 Global Approximation.- 9.4.1 Least Squares Curve Approximation.- 9.4.2 Weighted and Constrained Least Squares Curve Fitting.- 9.4.3 Least Squares Surface Approximation.- 9.4.4 Approximation to Within a Specified Accuracy.- 9.5 Local Approximation.- 9.5.1 Local Rational Quadratic Curve Approximation.- 9.5.2 Local Nonrational Cubic Curve Approximation.- Exercises.- Ten Advanced Surface Construction Techniques.- 10.1 Introduction.- 10.2 Swung Surfaces.- 10.3 Skinned Surfaces.- 10.4 Swept Surfaces.- 10.5 Interpolation of a Bidirectional Curve Network.- 10.6 Coons Surfaces.- Eleven Shape Modification Tools.- 11.1 Introduction.- 11.2 Control Point Repositioning.- 11.3 Weight Modification.- 11.3.1 Modification of One Curve Weight.- 11.3.2 Modification of Two Neighboring Curve Weights.- 11.3.3 Modification of One Surface Weight.- 11.4 Shape Operators.- 11.4.1 Warping.- 11.4.2 Flattening.- 11.4.3 Bending.- 11.5 Constraint-based Curve and Surface Shaping.- 11.5.1 Constraint-based Curve Modification.- 11.5.2 Constraint-based Surface Modification.- Twelve Standards and Data Exchange.- 12.1 Introduction.- 12.2 Knot Vectors.- 12.3 Nurbs Within the Standards.- 12.3.1 IGES.- 12.3.2 STEP.- 12.3.3 PHIGS.- 12.4 Data Exchange to and from a NURBS System.- Thirteen B-spline Programming Concepts.- 13.1 Introduction.- 13.2 Data Types and Portability.- 13.3 Data Structures.- 13.4 Memory Allocation.- 13.5 Error Control.- 13.6 Utility Routines.- 13.7 Arithmetic Routines.- 13.8 Example Programs.- 13.9 Additional Structures.- 13.10 System Structure.- References.","brand":"Springer-Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg GmbH \u0026 Co. KG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743130890583,"sku":"9783540615453","price":71.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"manufacturing-simulation-with-plant-simulation-and-simtalk-usage-and-programming-with-examples-and-solutions-9783642050732","title":"Manufacturing Simulation with Plant Simulation","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBased on the competition of international production networks, the pressure to - crease the efficiency of production systems has increased significantly. In ad- tion, the number of technical components in many products and as a consequence also the requirements for corresponding assembly processes and logistics pr- esses increases. International logistics networks require corresponding logistics concepts. These requirements can be managed only by using appropriate Digital Factory tools in the context of a product lifecycle management environment, which allows reusing data, supports an effective cooperation between different departments, and provides up-to-date and relevant data to every user who needs it. Simulating the complete material flow including all relevant production, st- age, and transport activities is recognized as a key component of the Digital F- tory in the industry and as of today widely used and accepted. Cutting inventory and throughput time by 20–60% and enhancing the productivity of existing p- duction facilities by 15–20% can be achieved in real-life projects.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroducing Factory Simulation.- Plant Simulation.- Standard Classes in PLANT SIMULATION.- Icons.- Programming with SimTalk.- Simtalk and Material Flow Objects.- Mobile Units.- Information Flow Objects.- Statistics.- User Interface Objects.- Data Exchange.- Plant Simulation 3D.","brand":"Springer-Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg GmbH \u0026 Co. KG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743132692823,"sku":"9783642050732","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"inside-smartgeometry-expanding-the-architectural-possibilities-of-computational-design-ad-smart-9781118522479","title":"Inside Smartgeometry Expanding the Architectural","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSmartgeometry (SG) is a key influence on the architectural community who explore creative computational methods for the design of buildings. An informal international network of practitioners and researchers, the group meets annually to experiment with new technologies and collaborate to develop digital design techniques.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword 6-7\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Brett Steele\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 8-19\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Brady Peters and Terri Peters\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Origins of Smartgeometry 20-35\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Hugh Whitehead, Lars Hesselgren and J Parrish\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFirst Build Your Tools 36-49\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Robert Aish\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eParametric Evolution 50-59\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Branko Kolarevic\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMatrix Architecture 60-71\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Jenny E Sabin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMetrics of Human Experience 72-79\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Roly Hudson and Michael Westlake\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInteracting with the Model 80-91\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Neil Katz, with Bess Krietemeyer and Tobias Schwinn\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResponsive Design: Towards an Ecology of Objects and People 92-101\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Andre Chaszar, Anton Savov, Peter Liebsch and Sascha Bohnenberger\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesign Flow and Tool Flux 102-111\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Robert Woodbury\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Sound of Smartgeometry 112-121\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Brady Peters\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesign Exploration and Steering of Design 122-129\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Axel Kilian\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeometry: How Smart Do You Have To Be? 130-141\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Chris Williams\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGenerativeComponents and Smartgeometry: Situated Software Development 142-153\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Volker Mueller and Makai Smith\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFrom Descriptive Geometry to Smartgeometry: First Steps towards Digital Architecture 154-165\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Mark Burry\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEXPLORING Human–Computer Interaction IN DESIGN PROCESS 166-175\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Flora Salim and Przemek Jaworski\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigning Intelligence: DIY Robotics for Responsive Environments 176-185\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Nick Puckett\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEncoding Design 186-195\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Fabian Scheurer\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking Prototypes, Creating Knowledge 196-205\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Shane Burger and Xavier De Kestelier\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMind the Gap: Stories of Exchange 206-217\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby CASE\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigning Robotic Assemblies 218-231\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Tobias Bonwetsch\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Practice of Smartgeometry 232-241\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Hugh Whitehead\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDigital Crafting: Performative Thinking for Material Design 242-253\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Mette Ramsgard Thomsen and Martin Tamke\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesign Robotics: New Strategies for Material System Research 254-267\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eby Martin Bechthold\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContributor Biographies 268-272\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866373075287,"sku":"9781118522479","price":31.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118522479.jpg?v=1722278338"},{"product_id":"autocad-for-dummies-9781119868767","title":"AutoCAD For Dummies","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIntroduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout This Book 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoolish Assumptions 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConventions Used in This Book 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the command line 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing aliases 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIcons Used in This Book 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBeyond the Book 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhere to Go from Here 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 1: Getting Started With Autocad 7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: Introducing AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLaunching AutoCAD 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrawing in AutoCAD 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Pixels and Vectors 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Cartesian Coordinate System 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: The Grand Tour of AutoCAD 17\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLooking at AutoCAD’s Drawing Screen 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor your information 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking choices from the Application menu 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnraveling the Ribbon 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting with the Program 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLooking for Mr Status Bar 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Dynamic Input 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLet your fingers do the talking: The command line 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe key(board) to AutoCAD success 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeeping tabs on palettes 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDown the main stretch: The drawing area 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFun with F1 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: A Lap around the CAD Track 37\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Simple Setup 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrawing a (Base) Plate 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking a Closer Look with Zoom and Pan 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModifying to Make It Merrier 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCrossing your hatches 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNow that’s a stretch 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFollowing the Plot 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlotting the drawing 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eToday’s layer forecast: Freezing 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Setup for Success 61\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Setup Roadmap 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing your units 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWeighing up your scales 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThinking about paper 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefending your border 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Template for Success 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking the Most of Model Space 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting your units 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking the drawing area snap-py (and grid-dy) 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting linetype, text, and dimension scales 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEntering drawing properties 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Templates Your Own 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: A Zoom with a View 83\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePanning and Zooming with Glass and Hand 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe wheel deal 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigating a drawing 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eZoom, Zoom, Zoom 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA View by Any Other Name 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDegenerating and Regenerating 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 2: Let There Be Lines 93\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: Along the Straight and Narrow 95\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrawing for Success 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Straight-Line Drawing Commands 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrawing Lines and Polylines 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eToeing the line 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting the lines with polyline 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSquaring Off with Rectangles 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing Sides with POLygon 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: Dangerous Curves Ahead 109\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThrowing Curves 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGoing Full Circle 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eArc-y-ology 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSolar Ellipses 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSplines: Sketchy, Sinuous Curves 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDonuts: Circles with a Difference 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRevision Clouds on the Horizon 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScoring Points 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8: Preciseliness Is Next to CADliness 123\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Precision 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the AutoCAD Coordinate Systems 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeyboard capers: Coordinate input 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing user coordinate systems 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrawing by numbers 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGrabbing an Object and Making It Snappy 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGrabbing points with object snap overrides 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSnap goes the cursor 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning with object snaps 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Practical Precision Procedures 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9: Manage Your Properties 141\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Properties with Objects 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the ByLayer approach 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging properties 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Layers 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccumulating properties 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating new layers 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManipulating layers 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScaling an object’s linetype 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Named Objects 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing AutoCAD DesignCenter 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10: Grabbing Onto Object Selection 163\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommanding and Selecting 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommand-first editing 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelection-first editing 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDirect-object editing 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing an editing style 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting Objects 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOne-by-one selection 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelection boxes left and right 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTying up object selection 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerfecting Selecting 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutoCAD Groupies 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eObject Selection: Now You See It 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11: Edit for Credit 175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssembling Your AutoCAD Toolkit 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Big Three: Move, COpy, and Stretch 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBase points and displacements 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMove 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCOpy 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCopy between drawings 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStretch 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMore Manipulations 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMirror, mirror on the monitor 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eROtate 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSCale 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e-ARray 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOffset 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSlicing, Dicing, and Splicing 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTRim and EXtend 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBReak 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFillet, CHAmfer, and BLEND 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eJoin 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther editing commands 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting a Grip 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhen Editing Goes Bad 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDare to Compare 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12: Planning for Paper 209\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up a Layout in Paper Space 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe layout two-step 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePut it on my tabs 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAny Old Viewport in a Layout 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUp and down the detail viewport scales 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeeping track of where you’re at 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePractice Makes Perfect 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClever Paper Space Tricks 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 3: If Drawings Could Talk 221\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13: Text with Character 223\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Ready to Write 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Simply Stylish Text 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFont follies 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGet in style 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking Your Text to New Heights 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlotted text height 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCalculating non-annotative AutoCAD text height 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEntering Text 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Same Old Line 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaying More in Multiline Text 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking it with mText 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003emText dons a mask 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInsert Field 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDoing a number on your mText lists 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLine up in columns — now! 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModifying mText 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurning On Annotative Objects 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGather Round the Tables 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTables have style, too 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating and editing tables 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTake Me to Your Leader 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eElecting a leader 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMulti options for multileaders 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14: Entering New Dimensions 255\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Dimensions to a Drawing 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDimensioning the Legacy Way 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Field Guide to Dimensions 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelf-centered 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuick, dimension! 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhere, oh where, do my dimensions go? 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Latest Styles in Dimensioning 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating dimension styles 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjusting style settings 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging styles 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScaling Dimensions for Output 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Dimensions 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing dimension geometry 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing dimension text 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling and editing dimension associativity 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnd the Correct Layer Is 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 15: Down the Hatch! 283\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Hatches 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHatching Its Own Layer 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Hatches Tab 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScaling Hatches 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScaling the easy way 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotative versus non-annotative 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePushing the Boundaries of Hatch 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding style 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHatches from scratch 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Hatch Objects 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 16: The Plot Thickens 299\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou Say “Printing,” I Say “Plotting” 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Plot Quickens 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlotting success in 16 steps 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting with the system 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring your printer 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreview one, two 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstead of fit, scale it 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlotting the Layout of the Land 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlotting Lineweights and Colors 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlotting with style 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlotting through thick and thin 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlotting in color 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIt’s a (Page) Setup! 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContinuing the Plot Dialog 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Plot Sickens 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 4: Advancing With Autocad 327\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 17: The ABCs of Blocks 329\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRocking with Blocks 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Block Definitions 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInserting Blocks 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAttributes: Fill-in-the-Blank Blocks 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating attribute definitions 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining blocks that contain attribute definitions 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInserting blocks that contain attribute definitions 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing attribute values 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExtracting data 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploding Blocks 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePurging Unused Block Definitions 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 18: Everything from Arrays to Xrefs 347\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eArraying Associatively 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComparing the old and new ARray commands 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHip, hip, array! 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssociatively editing 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGoing External 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBecoming attached to your xrefs 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLayer-palooza 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing an external reference file 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForging an xref path 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging xrefs 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBlocks, Xrefs, and Drawing Organization 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMastering the Raster 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAttaching a raster image 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaintaining your image 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou Say PDF; I Say DWF 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTheme and Variations: Dynamic Blocks 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNow you see it 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLights! Parameters! Actions! 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManipulating dynamic blocks 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 19: Call the Parametrics! 381\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaintaining Design Intent 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining terms 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForget about drawing with precision! 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstrain yourself 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Geometric Constraints 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying a little more constraint 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing inferred constraints 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou AutoConstrain yourself! 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Dimensional Constraints 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePractice a little constraint 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking your drawing even smarter 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Parameters Manager 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDimensions or constraints? Have it both ways! 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLunchtime! 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 20: Drawing on the Internet 407\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Internet and AutoCAD: An Overview 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou send me 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrepare it with eTransmit 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRapid eTransmit 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIncreasing cloudiness 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBad reception? 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHelp from Reference Manager 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Drawing Protection Racket 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOutgoing! 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutodesk weather forecast: Increasing cloud 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour head planted firmly in the cloud 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutoCAD Web and Mobile 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 5: On A 3d Spree 419\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 21: It’s a 3D World After All 421\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 Kinds of 3D Digital Models 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTools of the 3D Trade 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWarp speed ahead 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEntering the third dimension 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUntying the Ribbon and opening some palettes 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModeling from Above 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing 3D coordinate input 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing point filters 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eObject snaps and object snap tracking 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging Work Planes 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying the UCS icon 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjusting the UCS 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrbit à go-go 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking a spin around the cube 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGrabbing the SteeringWheels 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVisualizing 3D Objects 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOn a Render Bender 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 22: From Drawings to Models 443\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIs 3D for Me? 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Your 3D Bearings 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a better 3D template 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSeeing the world from new viewpoints 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFrom Drawing to Modeling in 3D 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrawing basic 3D objects 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGaining a solid foundation 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrawing solid primitives 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the Third Dimension to 2D Objects 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding thickness to a 2D object 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExtruding open and closed objects 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePressing and pulling closed boundaries 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLofting open and closed objects 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSweeping open and closed objects along a path 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRevolving open or closed objects around an axis 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModifying 3D Objects 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting subobjects 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with gizmos 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMore 3D variants of 2D commands 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing solids 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 23: It’s Showtime! 465\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGet the 2D Out of Here! 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA different point of view 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdditional 3D tricks 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutoCAD’s top model 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVisualizing the Digital World 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Lights 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefault lighting 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUser-defined lights 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSunlight 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating and Applying Materials 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining a Background 482\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRendering a 3D Model 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 24: AutoCAD Plays Well with Others 485\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGet Out of Here! 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking a splash with PNG 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePDF to the rescue 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat the DWF? 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3D print 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBut wait! There’s more! 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen Up and Let Me In! 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing other drawing file formats 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePDF editing 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTranslation, Please! 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Importance of Being DWG 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 6: The Part of Tens 497\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 25: Ten AutoCAD Resources 499\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutodesk Discussion Groups 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutodesk’s Own Blogs 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutodesk University 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutodesk Channel on YouTube 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorld Wide (CAD) Web 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour Local Authorized Training Center 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour Local User Group 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutodesk User Groups International 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBooks 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutodesk Feedback Community 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 26: Ten System Variables to Make Your AutoCAD Life Easier 503\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAperture 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDimassoc 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMenubar 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMirrtext 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOsnapz 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePickbox 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRememberfolders 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRollovertips And Tooltips 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaskbar 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVisretain 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnd the Bonus Round 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 27: Ten AutoCAD Secrets 511\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSheet Sets 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustom Tool Palettes 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRibbon Customization 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eToolsets 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgramming Languages 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVertical Versions 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLanguage Packs 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultiple Projects or Clients 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData Extraction and Linking 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUntying the Ribbon and Drawings 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 515 \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866421735767,"sku":"9781119868767","price":24.64,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119868767.jpg?v=1722278568"},{"product_id":"structural-analysis-with-the-finite-element-method-linear-statics-9781402087424","title":"Structural Analysis with the Finite Element","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Introduction to structural analysis by the Finite Element Method. 2. 1D finite elements for axially loaded rods. 3. Advanced 1D rod elements and requirements for the numerical solution. 4. 2D solids. Linear triangular and rectangular elements. 5. 2D solids. Higher order elements. Shape functions and isoparametric formulation. 6. Axisymmetric solids. 7. Three dimensional solids. 8. Bending of slender beams. Euler-Bemouilli theory. 9. Thick\/slender beams. Timoshenko theory. 10. Thin plates. Kirchhoffs theory. 11. Thick\/thin plates. Reissner-Mindlin theory. 12. Analysis of shells using flat elements. 13. Axisymmetric shells. 14. Analysis of arbitrary shape shells using degenerate solid elements. 15. Three-dimensional rods and shell stiffness. 16. Prismatic structures. Finite strip and finite prism methods. 17. Miscellaneous: inclined supports, displacements, constrains, nodal condensation error estimation and mesh adaptivity etc. 18. Pre and post-processing. Mesh generation and visu\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Introduction to structural analysis by the Finite Element Method. 2. 1D finite elements for axially loaded rods. 3. Advanced 1D rod elements and requirements for the numerical solution. 4. 2D solids. Linear triangular and rectangular elements. 5. 2D solids. Higher order elements. Shape functions and isoparametric formulation. 6. Axisymmetric solids. 7. Three dimensional solids. 8. Bending of slender beams. Euler-Bemouilli theory. 9. Thick\/slender beams. Timoshenko theory. 10. Thin plates. Kirchhoffs theory. 11. Thick\/thin plates. Reissner-Mindlin theory. 12. Analysis of shells using flat elements. 13. Axisymmetric shells. 14. Analysis of arbitrary shape shells using degenerate solid elements. 15. Three-dimensional rods and shell stiffness. 16. Prismatic structures. Finite strip and finite prism methods. 17. Miscellaneous: inclined supports, displacements, constrains, nodal condensation error estimation and mesh adaptivity etc. 18. Pre and post-processing. Mesh generation and visualization of computer results. 19. Introduction to FEM programming.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer-Verlag New York Inc.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866705047895,"sku":"9781402087424","price":98.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781402087424.jpg?v=1722279844"},{"product_id":"beginners-guide-to-solidworks-2022-level-i-parts-assemblies-drawings-photoview-360-and-simulationxpress-9781630574659","title":"Beginner's Guide to SOLIDWORKS 2022 - Level I:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book is intended to help new users learn the basic concepts of SOLIDWORKS and good solid modeling techniques in an easy to follow guide that includes video instruction. The book focuses on the processes to complete the modeling of a part, instead of focusing on individual software commands or operations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48867838460247,"sku":"9781630574659","price":62.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630574659.jpg?v=1722285210"},{"product_id":"make-geometry-9781680456714","title":"Make - Geometry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeometry, of all the branches of mathematics, is the one that is most easily visualized by making something. However, it is all too easy to reduce it to reams of formulas to memorize and proofs to replicate. This book aims to take geometry back to its practical roots with 3D printed models and puzzles as well as demonstrations with household objects like flashlights and paper towel tubes. This is not a traditional geometry textbook, but rather builds up understanding of geometry concepts while also bringing in elements of concepts normally learned much later. Some of the models are counterintuitive, and figuring out how and why they work will both entertain and give insights. Two final chapters suggesting open-ended projects in astronomy and physics, and art and architecture, allow for deeper understanding and integration of the learning in the rest of the book.","brand":"O'Reilly Media","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48868032676183,"sku":"9781680456714","price":20.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781680456714.jpg?v=1722286103"},{"product_id":"cad-for-the-workshop-9781847975669","title":"CAD for the Workshop","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eComputer-aided design (CAD) technology is essential for modern design and manufacture in the workshop.  With software more practical, affordable and accessible than ever, there has never been a better time to learn how to get the most out of CAD.  Whether you are new to using CAD or ready to try more advanced software, this practical guide gives a thorough introduction to the technology and how to greatly enhance design and manufacture in the workshop. Topics covered include: techniques for designing and making artefacts in the workshop (not restricted to any specific CAD software package); guidance on software selection and general functionality; an overview of the conventions of technical drawing and, finally, case studies demonstrating the application of different CAD techniques for a range of projects.","brand":"The Crowood Press Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48868729651543,"sku":"9781847975669","price":14.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781847975669.jpg?v=1722289436"},{"product_id":"the-art-of-virtual-lego-design-9781484287767","title":"The Art of Virtual LEGO Design","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHave you ever dreamed of designing your own LEGOs? Do you love building huge LEGO models, but don't have enough bricks? This book will show you how to do all that and more with Bricklink Studio 2.0, a software program that''s widely used by LEGO designers to create LEGO models virtually before making them with real LEGO bricks. \u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou''ll learn how to start a new project, use the camera control options, and drag and drop parts into your building plate. Then take your bricks from a pile of random pieces into intricate masterpiece models using building tools like Select, Hinge, Clone, Hide, Connect, Collision, and more! You'll master all the building tools that help you build LEGO models. Then you'll learn to search and manage LEGO bricks in Studio 2.0 using different palette options like Master, Hidden parts, and Custom parts.     \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eBeyond the official LEGO colors, there are special color options you can use to r\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Getting Started\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Welcome Screen\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Starting a project\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Dragging and dropping parts\u003c\/p\u003e•             Rotate Camera\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Pan Camera\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Zoom in Zoom out\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Viewport Controls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Viewport Rotation Lock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 2: Building Tools\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Select\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Hinge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Clone\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Hide\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Connect\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Collision\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Snap\u003c\/p\u003e•             Grid\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Finding Compatible Bricks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Finding Alternatives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Copy \u0026amp; Mirror\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Submodels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 3: Bricks Palette\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Master\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Hidden Parts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             New Parts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Custom Parts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Create an empty palette\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Import an official LEGO Set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Import a wanted list\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Searching parts using key words\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Palette Colors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Decorated Bricks on\/off\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Thumbnail Size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Color Palette\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Paint with the selected color\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Grab color from parts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Favorite Colors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Content Colors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Solid Colors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Transparent Colors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Chrome Colors\u003c\/p\u003e•             Pearl Colors\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Metallic Colors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Milky Colors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Glitter Colors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Speckle Colors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Rubber Colors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Satin Colors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Glowing Neon (Render Only)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Luminous Soft (Render only)\u003c\/p\u003e•             Luminous (Render Only)\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Translucent (Render Only)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Glow in Dark (Render Only)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Building Techniques\u003c\/p\u003e•             Mastering the Tools\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Selecting and Copying Elements\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 6: How to Create Steps\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Step List\u003c\/p\u003e•             Color Validator\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Build a basic model\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Render\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Stability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 7: Creating Instructions\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Building a Robot Model\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Step Editor (In detail explaination)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Page Editior (In detail explaination)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 8: Interesting Features of Studio 2.0\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Mosaic\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Preferences\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Import \u0026amp; Export Files\u003c\/p\u003e•             Hide Panels Options\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Sign in to Bricklink\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Upload to my Studio creations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Build Together\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Add to wanted list\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•             Buy Creations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"APress","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48885828845911,"sku":"9781484287767","price":46.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781484287767.jpg?v=1722537844"},{"product_id":"computer-animation-9781607415596","title":"Computer Animation","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Nova Science Publishers Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48886736060759,"sku":"9781607415596","price":176.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781607415596.jpg?v=1722541344"},{"product_id":"the-complete-guide-to-mold-making-with-solidworks-2022-basic-through-advanced-techniques-9781630574833","title":"The Complete Guide to Mold Making with SOLIDWORKS","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a quick paced book written to provide experienced SOLIDWORKS users with in-depth knowledge of the mold tools provided by SOLIDWORKS. Throughout this book you will learn the procedures necessary for using these tools to create and analyze effective mold designs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48887095656791,"sku":"9781630574833","price":55.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630574833.jpg?v=1722542981"},{"product_id":"drawing-and-detailing-with-solidworks-2022-9781630574857","title":"Drawing and Detailing with SOLIDWORKS 2022","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDrawing and Detailing with SOLIDWORKS 2022 \u003c\/em\u003eis written to educate and assist students, designers, engineers, and professionals in the drawing and detailing tools of SOLIDWORKS. Explore the learning process through a series of design situations, industry scenarios, projects, and objectives.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48887095755095,"sku":"9781630574857","price":57.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630574857.jpg?v=1722542979"},{"product_id":"3d-fashion-design-technique-design-and-visualization-9781849942935","title":"3D Fashion Design: Technique, design and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eDigital technologies in fashion are becoming more accessible and now any creative with a basic knowledge of fashion design and computing can create convincing still or animated 3D visualizations of styles, designs and products. With this technology, the designer is able to present a lifelike design that shows how the fabrics will look and how the garment fits on the body.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e3D Fashion Design\u003c\/em\u003e presents an overview of current technologies and their uses. It is packed with case studies and step-by-step tutorials showing the far-reaching capabilities of 3D fashion software. The author begins with an introduction to 3D software and the principals of working in three dimensions. He then moves onto creating the mannequin avatar, garments, accessories and textures and shows how to present and publish the finished article. Various software programmes are covered including Clo3D and Marvellous Designer for fashion-orientated design, and Maya, Mudbox, Rhino and Photoshop for more general digital design, visual effects and rendering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis authoritative guide is aimed at all levels, from beginners and fashion students working with digital technologies to advanced fashion designers, digital designers and visual effects specialists for film and animation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Batsford Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48888126996823,"sku":"9781849942935","price":19.12,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781849942935.jpg?v=1722547874"},{"product_id":"landscape-performance-modeling-using-rhino-and-grasshopper-9781032076300","title":"Landscape Performance Modeling Using Rhino and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a guidebook for landscape architects to learn the fundamental practices and use of the computational software Rhino 3D and the plugin Grasshopper for parametric modeling, landscape inventory, and performative analysis. This process visually connects intangible and abstract information with physical and spatial relationships to signify the impact ecological, climate, and cultural factors have on landscape performance and decision making. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach chapter begins with a summary of the performance method and its application in different projects, outlining the expected goals from industry standard equations and operations. Chapters cover parametric modeling scripts to measure ecosystem services of stormwater management, erosion control, tree benefits, outdoor comfort, accessibility, and many others. Using photographs, tables, and parametric scripts to create qualitative and quantitative representations of landscape performance and ecosystem services, readers will learn to communicate the impact and significance of their outputs. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book will be beneficial to educators, students, and professionals interested in using computational modeling as a performance assessment and graphic visualization tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSection 1\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1.\u003c\/strong\u003e Introduction \u003cb\u003e2.\u003c\/b\u003e Landscape Performance \u003cb\u003e 3.\u003c\/b\u003e Computational Modeling \u003cb\u003e 4.\u003c\/b\u003e Plugins\u003cb\u003e Section 2 5.\u003c\/b\u003e Landscape Conditions\u003cb\u003e 6.\u003c\/b\u003e Landscape Inventory\u003cb\u003e Section 3 7. \u003c\/b\u003eRunoff Rates – Rational Method\u003cb\u003e 8.\u003c\/b\u003e Runoff Volume – NRCS Method\u003cb\u003e 9.\u003c\/b\u003e Erodibility\u003cb\u003e 10.\u003c\/b\u003e Tree Benefits\u003cb\u003e 11.\u003c\/b\u003e Forest Succession\u003cb\u003e 12.\u003c\/b\u003e Shade Envelopes\u003cb\u003e 13.\u003c\/b\u003e Outdoor Comfort\u003cb\u003e 14.\u003c\/b\u003e Windbreaks\u003cb\u003e 15. \u003c\/b\u003eWalkability\u003cb\u003e 16.\u003c\/b\u003e Viewsheds \u003cb\u003e Section 4 17.\u003c\/b\u003e Conclusion\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor \u0026 Francis Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49371808399703,"sku":"9781032076300","price":33.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"autodesk-autocad-2022-fundamentals-9781630573997","title":"Autodesk AutoCAD 2022 Fundamentals","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book is designed to be used during instructor led training in an eight week course. It is an introductory level textbook intended for new AutoCAD 2022 users.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49372381806935,"sku":"9781630573997","price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630573997.jpg?v=1730162919"},{"product_id":"autodesk-maya-2022-basics-guide-9781630574505","title":"Autodesk Maya 2022 Basics Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eWritten by renowned author and 3D artist Kelly L. Murdock, \u003ci\u003eAutodesk Maya 2022 Basics Guide\u003c\/i\u003e is designed to give new users a solid understanding of the fundamental skills needed to create beautiful 3D models and stunning animations with Autodesk Maya.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SDC Publications","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49372381839703,"sku":"9781630574505","price":59.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630574505.jpg?v=1730162919"},{"product_id":"autocad-for-interior-design-and-space-planning-9780136787884","title":"AutoCAD for Interior Design and Space Planning","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cb\u003eBEVERLY KIRKPATRICK\u003c\/b\u003e has worked with AutoCAD for 30+ years, developing interior designs, space plans, and finish schedules for schools, banks, hospitals, churches, and car dealerships. She taught AutoCAD at college and high school levels. \u003c\/div\u003e \u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e \u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e \u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cb\u003eJAMES KIRKPATRIC\u003c\/b\u003eK worked with and taught AutoCAD for 40+ years, established Eastfield College's AutoCAD Training Center, and authored 30+ books in the field. \u003c\/div\u003e \u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e \u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e \u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cb\u003eHOSSEIN ASSADIPOUR\u003c\/b\u003e teaches CAD, CNC, CAM, and related topics, and wrote  \u003ci\u003eLearning AutoCAD in 20 Projects\u003c\/i\u003e. He is professor of Division of Mathematics, Engineering Technologies \u0026amp; Computer Sciences at Essex County College. \u003c\/div\u003e \u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e \u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e \u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cb\u003eDAVID BYRNES\u003c\/b\u003e spent 38 years in design, drafting, and 3D modeling, working with AutoCAD since v. 1.4. A CAD consultant, instructor, and author since 1988, he contributed to  \u003ci\u003eCadalyst\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART I:  PREPARING TO DRAW WITH AUTOCAD\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 1  Introducing the AutoCAD User Interface     1\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     1    \u003cbr\u003e    Introduction     1    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 1-1 Examine the AutoCAD User Interface and Save a Workspace     2    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing Window and Graphics Cursor     4    \u003cbr\u003e    Application Menu Button     7    \u003cbr\u003e    Inputting or Selecting a Command     8    \u003cbr\u003e    Ribbon     8    \u003cbr\u003e        Expanded Panels     9    \u003cbr\u003e        Dialog Boxes and Palettes     9    \u003cbr\u003e        Tooltips     10    \u003cbr\u003e        Flyouts     10    \u003cbr\u003e    Command Line Window (+9)     11    \u003cbr\u003e    Quick Access Toolbar     11    \u003cbr\u003e    Customizing the Quick Access Toolbar Down Arrow and Showing the Menu Bar     12    \u003cbr\u003e    Using AutoCAD Toolbars     13    \u003cbr\u003e    User Coordinate System Icon     14    \u003cbr\u003e        Advantage of Using the UCS     14    \u003cbr\u003e    Viewport Label Menus     14    \u003cbr\u003e    ViewCube     16    \u003cbr\u003e    Navigation Bar     17    \u003cbr\u003e    Infocenter     18    \u003cbr\u003e    Status Bar     18    \u003cbr\u003e        Drawing Coordinates Values (+I)     18    \u003cbr\u003e        Model or Paper Space     21    \u003cbr\u003e        Quick View Tools     21    \u003cbr\u003e        Annotation Scaling Tools     21    \u003cbr\u003e        Workspace Switching     22    \u003cbr\u003e        Lock\/Unlock Toolbar and Window Positions     22    \u003cbr\u003e        On\/Off Hardware Acceleration     22    \u003cbr\u003e        Clean Screen (+0 [Zero])     22    \u003cbr\u003e    Modifying and Saving a Workspace     22    \u003cbr\u003e    Getting Help in AutoCAD 2022     24    \u003cbr\u003e    Closing AutoCAD     25    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     26    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     26    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003ePART II:  TWO-DIMENSIONAL AUTOCAD\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 2  Quick-Start Tutorials: Basic Settings and Commands     29\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     29    \u003cbr\u003e    Introduction     29    \u003cbr\u003e    Following the Tutorials in This Book     30    \u003cbr\u003e    Tutorial 2-1 Part 1, Beginning an AutoCAD Drawing: Saving Your Work; Setting Units, Limits, Grid, and Snap; Creating Layers     31    \u003cbr\u003e    Beginning an AutoCAD Drawing     31    \u003cbr\u003e    Saving the Drawing     32    \u003cbr\u003e        Save     32    \u003cbr\u003e        Save As     32    \u003cbr\u003e        DWT     34    \u003cbr\u003e        DWS     34    \u003cbr\u003e        DXF     34    \u003cbr\u003e        Drawing Name and File Name Extension     35    \u003cbr\u003e    Units     36    \u003cbr\u003e    Controlling Your Drawing     36    \u003cbr\u003e        Drawing Scale     37    \u003cbr\u003e        Drawing Limits and the Cartesian Coordinate System     37    \u003cbr\u003e    Grid     38    \u003cbr\u003e        GRIDDISPLAY     38    \u003cbr\u003e    Snap     40    \u003cbr\u003e    Zoom     41    \u003cbr\u003e    Drafting Settings Dialog Box     41    \u003cbr\u003e    Layers     42    \u003cbr\u003e        Layer Lists     44    \u003cbr\u003e    Linetypes     46    \u003cbr\u003e    Lineweights     46    \u003cbr\u003e        Lineweight Settings Dialog Box     46    \u003cbr\u003e        Lineweight Display     48    \u003cbr\u003e    Setting the Annotation Scale     50    \u003cbr\u003e    Saving the Drawing     50    \u003cbr\u003e    Using the Mouse and Right-Click Customization     51    \u003cbr\u003e    Tutorial 2-1 Part 2, Drawing Lines, Circles, Arcs, Ellipses, and Donuts     52    \u003cbr\u003e    Ortho     52    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing Lines Using the Grid Marks and Snap Increments     53    \u003cbr\u003e    Erase and Undo     54    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing Lines Using Absolute Coordinates     56    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing Lines Using Relative Coordinates     57    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing Lines Using Polar Coordinates     58    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing Lines Using Direct Distance Entry     59    \u003cbr\u003e        DYNMODE     59    \u003cbr\u003e    Circle     60    \u003cbr\u003e        Center, Radius     61    \u003cbr\u003e        Center, Diameter     62    \u003cbr\u003e        2 Points     62    \u003cbr\u003e        3 Points     63    \u003cbr\u003e        TTR     63    \u003cbr\u003e    LTSCALE     63    \u003cbr\u003e    ZOOM     64    \u003cbr\u003e        Zoom-Window     64    \u003cbr\u003e        Zoom-All     65    \u003cbr\u003e        Zoom-Previous     65    \u003cbr\u003e        Zoom-Extents     66    \u003cbr\u003e        Zoom-Object     66    \u003cbr\u003e        Zoom-Realtime     66    \u003cbr\u003e    PAN REALTIME     66    \u003cbr\u003e    Transparent Commands     66    \u003cbr\u003e    REDRAW     67    \u003cbr\u003e    REGEN     67    \u003cbr\u003e    HIGHLIGHT     67    \u003cbr\u003e    Move and Editing Commands Selection Set     67    \u003cbr\u003e        Options for Selecting Objects to Modify     70    \u003cbr\u003e        Window (W) and Crossing Window (C)     71    \u003cbr\u003e        All (ALL)     71    \u003cbr\u003e        Fence (F)     71    \u003cbr\u003e        Remove (R) and Add (A)     71    \u003cbr\u003e        Last (L) and Previous (P)     71    \u003cbr\u003e        Undo (U)     72    \u003cbr\u003e    Grips     72    \u003cbr\u003e    UNDO and REDO     73    \u003cbr\u003e    ARC     74    \u003cbr\u003e        3-Point     74    \u003cbr\u003e        Start, Center, End     76    \u003cbr\u003e        Start, Center, Angle     76    \u003cbr\u003e        Start, Center, Length     76    \u003cbr\u003e        Start, End, Angle     77    \u003cbr\u003e        Start, End, Direction     77    \u003cbr\u003e        Start, End, Radius     77    \u003cbr\u003e        Continue     77    \u003cbr\u003e    ELLIPSE     77    \u003cbr\u003e        Axis, End     77    \u003cbr\u003e        Center     79    \u003cbr\u003e    DONUT     79    \u003cbr\u003e    SCALE     80    \u003cbr\u003e        Reference     80    \u003cbr\u003e    Adding Text     82    \u003cbr\u003e    Command History     82    \u003cbr\u003e    Tutorial 2-2 Plot Responses for CH2-TUTORIAL1, Using the Model Tab     83    \u003cbr\u003e    Plot - Name     84    \u003cbr\u003e    Page Setup     84    \u003cbr\u003e    Printer\/Plotter     84    \u003cbr\u003e    Plot to File     85    \u003cbr\u003e    Browse for Plot File     85    \u003cbr\u003e    Plot Style Table (Pen Assignments)     85    \u003cbr\u003e    Paper Size     86    \u003cbr\u003e    Plot Area     87    \u003cbr\u003e    Plot Scale     87    \u003cbr\u003e    Annotative Property and Annotation Scale     88    \u003cbr\u003e    Plot Offset (Origin Set to Printable Area)     89    \u003cbr\u003e    Shaded Viewport Options     89    \u003cbr\u003e    Plot Options     89    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing Orientation     90    \u003cbr\u003e    Preview…     90    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     92    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     92    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     95    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 3  Drawing with AutoCAD: Conference and Lecture Rooms     103\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     103    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 3-1 Drawing a Rectangular Conference Room, Including Furniture     103    \u003cbr\u003e    Making a Drawing Template     105    \u003cbr\u003e    Polyline     107    \u003cbr\u003e        Undo     108    \u003cbr\u003e    OFFSET     108    \u003cbr\u003e        Through     109    \u003cbr\u003e        Erase     109    \u003cbr\u003e        Layer     109    \u003cbr\u003e    EXPLODE     109    \u003cbr\u003e    ID Point     109    \u003cbr\u003e    TRIM     111    \u003cbr\u003e    Rectangle     111    \u003cbr\u003e    CHAMFER     114    \u003cbr\u003e        Polyline     114    \u003cbr\u003e        Undo     114    \u003cbr\u003e        Angle     115    \u003cbr\u003e        Trim     115    \u003cbr\u003e        mEthod     115    \u003cbr\u003e        Multiple     115    \u003cbr\u003e    FILLET     116    \u003cbr\u003e    COPY and Osnap-Midpoint     117    \u003cbr\u003e    ROTATE     118    \u003cbr\u003e        Reference     119    \u003cbr\u003e    POINT     119    \u003cbr\u003e    DIVIDE     120    \u003cbr\u003e    MEASURE     121    \u003cbr\u003e    OSNAP     122    \u003cbr\u003e        Activating Osnap     122    \u003cbr\u003e        Copy, Osnap-Midpoint, Osnap-Node     123    \u003cbr\u003e    MIRROR     124    \u003cbr\u003e    Osnap Modes That Snap to Specific Drawing Features     127    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 3-2 Drawing a Rectangular Lecture Room, Including Furniture     130    \u003cbr\u003e    Running Osnap Modes     129    \u003cbr\u003e    Osnap Settings: Marker, Aperture, Magnet, Tooltip     130    \u003cbr\u003e    Making Solid Walls Using Polyline and Solid Hatch     132    \u003cbr\u003e    From     133    \u003cbr\u003e    BREAK     133    \u003cbr\u003e        First     134    \u003cbr\u003e        @     134    \u003cbr\u003e    Polyline Edit     134    \u003cbr\u003e    HATCH     136    \u003cbr\u003e    ARRAY     138    \u003cbr\u003e        Rectangular     140    \u003cbr\u003e        Path     141    \u003cbr\u003e    ARRAYEDIT     141    \u003cbr\u003e    Distance     141    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 3-3 Drawing a Curved Conference Room, Including Furniture     144    \u003cbr\u003e    Polyline     145    \u003cbr\u003e        Width     146    \u003cbr\u003e        Half Width     146    \u003cbr\u003e        Length     147    \u003cbr\u003e        Close     147    \u003cbr\u003e    POLYGON     148    \u003cbr\u003e        Edge     149    \u003cbr\u003e    Grips—Add Vertex     149    \u003cbr\u003e    Grips—Convert to Arc     151    \u003cbr\u003e    ARRAY     152    \u003cbr\u003e        Polar     152    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 3-4 Drawing a Conference Room Using Polar Tracking     155    \u003cbr\u003e    Polar Tracking     157    \u003cbr\u003e    Polyline Edit     159    \u003cbr\u003e    Specifying Points with Tracking     160    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing the Chairs around the Conference Table     162    \u003cbr\u003e    Completing the Conference Room     164    \u003cbr\u003e    Using Command Preview     165    \u003cbr\u003e    Choosing Selection Options     166    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     167    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     167    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     170    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 4  Adding Text and Tables to the Drawing     183\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     183    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 4-1 Placing Text on Drawings     183    \u003cbr\u003e    Making Settings for Text Style     185    \u003cbr\u003e        Style Name     185    \u003cbr\u003e        Font Name     185    \u003cbr\u003e    Making a New Text Style     186    \u003cbr\u003e    Using the Single Line Text Command to Draw Text     189    \u003cbr\u003e    Setting the Justify Option     191    \u003cbr\u003e    Using Standard Codes to Draw Special Characters     192    \u003cbr\u003e    Using the Multiline Text Command to Draw Text Paragraphs in Columns     195    \u003cbr\u003e    Changing Text Properties     198    \u003cbr\u003e    Checking the Spelling     202    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 4-2 Using the TABLE Command to Create a Door Schedule     203    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 4-3 Using the TABLE Command to Create a Window Schedule     214    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     215    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     215    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     218    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 5  Advanced Plotting: Using Plot Styles, Paper Space, Multiple Viewports, and PDF Files     223\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     223    \u003cbr\u003e    Understanding Layer Names, Colors, and Lineweights     223    \u003cbr\u003e    Choosing a Plot Style     224    \u003cbr\u003e        Named Plot Style (STB)     225    \u003cbr\u003e        Color-Dependent Plot Style (CTB)     226    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 5-1 Make a Color-Dependent Plot Style to Change Colors to Plot Black     226    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 5-2 Plot a Layout with One Viewport     228    \u003cbr\u003e    Model, Layout1, and Layout2 Tabs     229    \u003cbr\u003e    Page Setup Manager     229    \u003cbr\u003e    Center and Scale the Plan     230    \u003cbr\u003e    Complete the Layout     232    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 5-3 Plot a Layout with Two Viewports     233    \u003cbr\u003e    Insert an Entire Drawing into a Current Drawing     233    \u003cbr\u003e    Page Setup Manager     236    \u003cbr\u003e    Copy a Viewport     237    \u003cbr\u003e    Center and Scale the Plans     237    \u003cbr\u003e    Complete the Layout     239    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 5-4 Plot a Layout with Four Viewports     241    \u003cbr\u003e    Viewports (VPORTS)     242    \u003cbr\u003e    Use MVIEW to Restore the Viewport VP4 into Layout1     244    \u003cbr\u003e    Page Setup Manager     245    \u003cbr\u003e    Center and Scale the Plans     246    \u003cbr\u003e    Complete the Layout     246    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 5-5 Make PDF Files That Can Be Attached to E-mails and Opened without the AutoCAD Program     247    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     250    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     250    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     253    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 6  Drawing the Floor Plan: Walls, Doors, and Windows     255\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     255    \u003cbr\u003e    The Tenant Space Project     255    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 6-1 Tenant Space Floor Plan     256    \u003cbr\u003e    RECTANGLE     257    \u003cbr\u003e    HATCH     258    \u003cbr\u003e    ARRAY     258    \u003cbr\u003e    Multiline Style     260    \u003cbr\u003e        Multiline Command     262    \u003cbr\u003e        Edit Multiline Command     268    \u003cbr\u003e    EXTEND     269    \u003cbr\u003e    PROPERTIES     269    \u003cbr\u003e    LIST     270    \u003cbr\u003e    COLOR     270    \u003cbr\u003e    Linetype     272    \u003cbr\u003e    Lineweight     272    \u003cbr\u003e    Make Object's Layer Current     272    \u003cbr\u003e    Match Properties     272    \u003cbr\u003e    Block     273    \u003cbr\u003e    Wblock     276    \u003cbr\u003e    Insert     278    \u003cbr\u003e        Insertion Point     281    \u003cbr\u003e        X Scale Factor, Y Scale Factor     281    \u003cbr\u003e    Using Annotative Text     282    \u003cbr\u003e    Inserting Entire Drawings as Blocks     284    \u003cbr\u003e    Advantages of Using Blocks     284    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 6-2 Hotel Room 1 Floor Plan     285    \u003cbr\u003e    AutoCAD DesignCenter     287    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     291    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     291    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     294    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 7  Dimensioning and Area Calculations     297\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     297    \u003cbr\u003e    Eight Basic Types of Dimensions     297    \u003cbr\u003e    Using Dimension Variables     298    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 7-1 Dimensioning the Tenant Space    \u003cbr\u003e    Floor Plan Using Linear Dimensions     301    \u003cbr\u003e    Setting the Dimension Variables Using the Command Prompt     303    \u003cbr\u003e    Setting the Dimension Variables Using the Dimension Style Manager Dialog Box     304    \u003cbr\u003e    Using the Fit Tab to Scale for Dimension Features     309    \u003cbr\u003e        Annotative     309    \u003cbr\u003e        Scale Dimensions to Layout     310    \u003cbr\u003e        Use Overall Scale of: (DIMSCALE)     310    \u003cbr\u003e    Linear and Continue Dimensioning     311    \u003cbr\u003e    Aligned Dimensioning     315    \u003cbr\u003e    Baseline Dimensioning     315    \u003cbr\u003e    Adding a Dimension Break     318    \u003cbr\u003e    Using Adjust Space     318    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 7-2 Revisions and Modifying Dimensions     319    \u003cbr\u003e    Setting the DIMASSOC Dimension Variable     319    \u003cbr\u003e    Understanding Associative Dimension Commands     321    \u003cbr\u003e        Oblique     321    \u003cbr\u003e        Align Text (Home-Angle-Left-Center-Right)     322    \u003cbr\u003e        Override     322    \u003cbr\u003e        Update     322    \u003cbr\u003e    Defpoints Layer     322    \u003cbr\u003e    Using the PROPERTIES Palette     323    \u003cbr\u003e    Accessing Match Properties     323    \u003cbr\u003e    Using Grips     323    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing a Revision Cloud     324    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 7-3 Tenant Space Total Square Footage     326    \u003cbr\u003e    Defining the Area for Square Footage     326    \u003cbr\u003e    Using the Cal Calculator     329    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     331    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     331    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     334    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 8  Drawing Elevations, Sections, and Details     337\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     337    \u003cbr\u003e    Introduction     337    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 8-1 Tenant Space: Elevation of Conference Room Cabinets     337    \u003cbr\u003e    UCS     339    \u003cbr\u003e        UCS Icon     340    \u003cbr\u003e        Draw the Upper Cabinets     341    \u003cbr\u003e    Mirror     342    \u003cbr\u003e        Draw the Lower Cabinets     344    \u003cbr\u003e    Stretch     345    \u003cbr\u003e        Complete the Drawing     354    \u003cbr\u003e    Circles to Be Used with Multileaders     357    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 8-2 The Multileader Command     357    \u003cbr\u003e    Multileader Standard Style     357    \u003cbr\u003e    Multileader     360    \u003cbr\u003e        Multileader Align     362    \u003cbr\u003e    Change Multileader Style     362    \u003cbr\u003e        Multileader Collect     366    \u003cbr\u003e    Multileader Add     367    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 8-3 Tenant Space: Section of Conference Room Cabinets with Hatching     368    \u003cbr\u003e    Prepare to Use the Hatch Command with the Add: Select Objects Boundary Option     371    \u003cbr\u003e        Use the Hatch Command with the Add: Select Objects Boundary Option     372    \u003cbr\u003e        Use the Hatch Command with the Add: Pick Points Boundary Option     373    \u003cbr\u003e    Hatch; Hatch and Gradient Dialog Box; Hatch Tab     376    \u003cbr\u003e        Type and Pattern     376    \u003cbr\u003e        Angle and Scale     377    \u003cbr\u003e        Hatch Origin     378    \u003cbr\u003e        Boundaries     378    \u003cbr\u003e        Options     378    \u003cbr\u003e    More Options     379    \u003cbr\u003e        Islands     380    \u003cbr\u003e        Boundary Retention     380    \u003cbr\u003e        Boundary Set     380    \u003cbr\u003e        Gap Tolerance     380    \u003cbr\u003e        Inherit Options     380    \u003cbr\u003e    Edit Hatch     381    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 8-4 Detail of Door Jamb with Hatching     385    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 8-5 Use Point Filters and Object Snap Tracking to Make an Orthographic Drawing of a Conference Table     386    \u003cbr\u003e    Point Filters     388    \u003cbr\u003e    Object Snap Tracking     389    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     393    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     393    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     396    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 9  Drawing the Furniture Installation Plan, Adding Specifications, and Extracting Data     401\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     401    \u003cbr\u003e    Introduction     401    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 9-1 Tenant Space Furniture Installation Plan with Furniture Specifications     402    \u003cbr\u003e    Draw the Furniture Symbols     403    \u003cbr\u003e    Define Attributes (ATTDEF)     403    \u003cbr\u003e        Constant Attribute     408    \u003cbr\u003e        Variable Attribute     410    \u003cbr\u003e        Verify Attribute     412    \u003cbr\u003e    Edit Text (TEXTEDIT)     413    \u003cbr\u003e    QP (Quick Properties)     414    \u003cbr\u003e    Properties Palette     414    \u003cbr\u003e    WBLOCK the Furniture with Attributes Symbol     414    \u003cbr\u003e    Insert the Furniture Symbols with Attributes into the Drawing     416    \u003cbr\u003e    Complete the Tenant Space Furniture Installation Plan     418    \u003cbr\u003e    Edit Attribute, Single     418    \u003cbr\u003e    Edit Attribute, Global     420    \u003cbr\u003e    Attribute Display (ATTDISP)     422    \u003cbr\u003e    Redefining an Inserted Block with Attributes Using the BLOCK Command     422    \u003cbr\u003e    Block Attribute Manager (BATTMAN)     423    \u003cbr\u003e    Synchronize Attributes (ATTSYNC)     423    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 9-2 Extracting Attributes from the Tenant Space Furniture Installation Plan     424    \u003cbr\u003e    Data Extraction…     425    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     430    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     430    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     432    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 10  DesignCenter, Dynamic Blocks, and External References     435\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     435    \u003cbr\u003e    Introduction     435    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 10-1 Reception Area Furniture Installation Plan Using the DesignCenter     435    \u003cbr\u003e    The DesignCenter     436    \u003cbr\u003e        DesignCenter Tabs     436    \u003cbr\u003e        DesignCenter Buttons     437    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 10-2 Training Room Furniture Installation Plan Using DesignCenter and Dynamic Blocks     440    \u003cbr\u003e    Use Block Editor to Make Dynamic Blocks     445    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 10-3 Attach an External Reference to an Office Plan     456    \u003cbr\u003e    XATTACH (Attach External Reference)     456    \u003cbr\u003e    External Reference (XREF)     457    \u003cbr\u003e    XBIND     457    \u003cbr\u003e    Features of External References     457    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     463    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     463    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     465    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 11  Drawing the Reflected Ceiling Plan and Voice\/Data\/Power Plan     471\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     471    \u003cbr\u003e    Introduction     471    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 11-1 Part 1, Tenant Space Lighting Legend and Reflected Ceiling Plan     471    \u003cbr\u003e    Tenant Space Lighting Legend Symbols     473    \u003cbr\u003e    Tenant Space Reflected Ceiling Plan     473    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 11-1 Part 2, Tenant Space Voice\/Data\/Power Legend and Plan     474    \u003cbr\u003e    Tenant Space Voice\/Data\/Power Legend Symbols     474    \u003cbr\u003e    Tenant Space Voice\/Data\/Power Plan     476    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     478    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     478    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     480    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 12  Creating Presentations with Layouts and Making a Sheet Set     485\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     485    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 12-1 Make a Printed Presentation of the Tenant Space Project by Combining Multiple Plans on One Sheet of Paper     485    \u003cbr\u003e    Use Create Layout Wizard to Set Up Four Viewports on a Single Sheet     486    \u003cbr\u003e    Complete the Title Block     487    \u003cbr\u003e    Use Layer Properties Manager to Freeze Viewport Layers     490    \u003cbr\u003e    Scale and Center the Plans     492    \u003cbr\u003e    Using MVSETUP to Align the Plans     492    \u003cbr\u003e    Complete the Presentation     494    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 12-2 Making a Four-Sheet Presentation of the Tenant Space Project Using a Sheet Set     495    \u003cbr\u003e    Make New Layout Tabs and Rename the New Layout Tabs     496    \u003cbr\u003e    Prepare the Layout Tabs for Plotting Drawings     496    \u003cbr\u003e    Use MVSETUP to Insert a Title Block     498    \u003cbr\u003e    Quick View Tools     500    \u003cbr\u003e    New Sheet Set and Sheet Set Manager     501    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     504    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     504    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Project     507    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 13  Isometric Drawing and Gradient Hatch Rendering     509\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     509    \u003cbr\u003e    Axonometric Drawing     509    \u003cbr\u003e    Isometric Drawing     509    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 13-1 Fundamentals of Isometric Drawing     510    \u003cbr\u003e    Drafting Settings Dialog Box     512    \u003cbr\u003e    Shape 1: Drawing the Isometric Rectangle     512    \u003cbr\u003e    Shape 2: Drawing Isometric Ellipses     513    \u003cbr\u003e    Shape 3: Drawing a Chair with Ellipses That Show the Thickness of a Material     515    \u003cbr\u003e    Shape 4: Drawing a Shape That Has a Series of Isometric Ellipses Located on the Same Centerline     518    \u003cbr\u003e    Shape 5: Isometric Detail with Rounded Corners     520    \u003cbr\u003e    Shape 6: A TV Shape with an Angled Back     521    \u003cbr\u003e    Shape 7: Isometric Detail: A Hexagonal-Shaped Vase     524    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 13-2 Tenant Space Reception Desk in Isometric     525    \u003cbr\u003e    Dimensioning in Isometric     532    \u003cbr\u003e    Gradient Hatch     532    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 13-3 Using Gradient Patterns to Render the Shapes of Exercise 13-1     533    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     540    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     540    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     543    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003ePART III:  THREE-DIMENSIONAL AUTOCAD\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 14  Solid Modeling     547\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     547    \u003cbr\u003e    Introduction     547    \u003cbr\u003e    Creating Primitive Shapes with Solid Commands     548    \u003cbr\u003e    Creating Composite Solids with Solid Commands     548    \u003cbr\u003e    Editing Solids with Solid Commands     548    \u003cbr\u003e    Controlling UCS in Three Dimensions     549    \u003cbr\u003e        Dynamic UCS     549    \u003cbr\u003e    Viewing Solids     549    \u003cbr\u003e        3D Views Menu Options     549    \u003cbr\u003e        SteeringWheels     551    \u003cbr\u003e        ViewCube     552    \u003cbr\u003e    Editing Solids with Other Commands     552    \u003cbr\u003e    Controlling Solids Display     552    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 14-1 Part 1, Drawing Primitive Solids     553    \u003cbr\u003e    Box     555    \u003cbr\u003e    Sphere     555    \u003cbr\u003e    Wedge     556    \u003cbr\u003e    Cone     556    \u003cbr\u003e    Cylinder     557    \u003cbr\u003e    Torus     557    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 14-1 Part 2, Using Extrude to Draw Extruded Solids     558    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing an Extruded Circle     558    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing an Extruded Polygon     558    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing an Extruded Rectangle     559    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing an Extruded Structural Angle     560    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing an Extruded Shape     561    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 14-1 Part 3, Using REVOLVE to Draw Revolved Solids; Using 3DROTATE to Rotate Solids about the X-, Y-, and Z-Axes     562    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing Revolved Shape 1     562    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing a Revolved Rectangle     564    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing a Revolved Paper Clip Holder     565    \u003cbr\u003e    Using 3dROTATE     565    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 14-1 Part 4, Using CHAMFER and FILLET to Form Chamfers and Fillets on Solid Edges     566    \u003cbr\u003e    Chamfering and Filleting the Top Four Edges of Two Separate Boxes     566    \u003cbr\u003e    Chamfering and Filleting the Top Edge of Two Separate Cylinders     567    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 14-1 Part 5, Using UNION to Join Two Solids; Using SUBTRACT to Subtract Solids from Other Solids     568    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing Solid Shape 1     568    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing Solid Shape 2     569    \u003cbr\u003e    Joining with Union     570    \u003cbr\u003e    Using Subtract     570    \u003cbr\u003e    Performing a Hide     571    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 14-1 Part 6, Using Sweep, Helix, Subtract, Loft, Planar Surface, Thicken, and Polysolid to Draw Solid Shapes     571    \u003cbr\u003e    Sweeping an Object     571    \u003cbr\u003e    Using Loft     574    \u003cbr\u003e        Creating a Bowl-Shaped Object     575    \u003cbr\u003e    Using Planar Surface     575    \u003cbr\u003e    Using POLYSOLID     576    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 14-1 Part 7, Using Intersection to Form a Solid Model from the Common Volume of Two Intersecting Solids     577    \u003cbr\u003e    Drawing Two Extruded Shapes at Right Angles to Each Other     578    \u003cbr\u003e    Using Intersect     579    \u003cbr\u003e    Wblocking the Intersected Model     580    \u003cbr\u003e    Completing Exercise 14-1     581    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     583    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     583    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     586    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eChapter 15  Advanced Modeling     593\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    Chapter Objectives     593    \u003cbr\u003e    Introduction     593    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 15-1 Creating a Solid Model of Chair 2     594    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 15-2 Creating a Solid Model of a Patio     597    \u003cbr\u003e    RENDER     608    \u003cbr\u003e        Render Quality     608    \u003cbr\u003e        Destinations     608    \u003cbr\u003e    Lights     608    \u003cbr\u003e    Materials     609    \u003cbr\u003e    Other Commands Available to Render, Animate, Attach Scanned Files, and Shade 3D Models     609    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 15-3 Use Render Commands to Make a Photo-Realistic Rendering of the Solid Model in Exercise 15-2     610    \u003cbr\u003e    Exercise 15-4 Create a Walk-Through AVI File for the Rendered 3D Patio     621    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Summary     627    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Test Questions     627    \u003cbr\u003e        Chapter Projects     630    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003ePART IV:  APPENDIXES\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eAppendix A  Keyboard Shortcuts     633\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eAppendix B  Shortcut and Temporary Override Keys     641\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eGlossary     643\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e    \u003cb\u003eIndex     647\u003c\/b\u003e    \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49396177437015,"sku":"9780136787884","price":82.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780136787884.jpg?v=1730415006"},{"product_id":"parametric-design-for-landscape-architects-9780367195304","title":"Parametric Design for Landscape Architects","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eParametric Design for Landscape Architects\u003c\/em\u003e provides a sequence of tutorial-based workflows for the creation and utilization of algorithmic tools calibrated toward the field of landscape architecture. Contemporary practice and projective theory in landscape architecture require the processing and design of data associated with complex systems to adequately represent composite, emergent scenarios. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAligning to both traditional and nascent processes of analysis and digital modeling, this book unpacks and decodes the characterization of algorithmic-based automation, leveraging software that is widely accessible in both academia and professional practice. Curated throughout are workflows that apply to a multiplex of computation programs that widely support the design, analysis, and production of landscapes, primarily concentrated on digital modeling tools Grasshopper and Rhinoceros. It is a much-needed, visually accessible resource to aid in more efficient understan\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\"Madl grounds computational practices in the landscape – sites with urgent ecological and social implications, but which have been overlooked in the parametric focus on architectural space. This book challenges that hegemony with sequences and workflows that will provoke exploratory theoretical and technical design processes in landscape-based projects.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRon Henderson\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cem\u003eProfessor and Director,\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eLandscape Architecture + Urbanism Program, Illinois Institute of Technology\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\"Landscape architecture has been slow to embrace parametric tools. We have lacked instructional materials tied to landscape-specific design processes, and parametricism has been understood as a style, rather than a method. Building from using parametric software to facilitate traditional landscape design tasks into more ambitious tutorials that use those same tools to understand landscape as dynamic and ever-changing, Andrew Madl addresses both these issues at once.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRob Holmes\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cem\u003eAssistant Professor, \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003eLandscape Architecture,\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eSchool of Architecture, Planning, and Landscape Architecture, Auburn University\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Transformations, Translations, and Vectors: Leveraging Geometric Data 2. Landform Creation: Base Modeling, Site Design, Field Conditions 3. Landform Analytics and Calculations: Automation of Site Dynamics 4. Construction Documentation: Mechanization of Standards 5. Digital Fabrication: Facilitation and File Preparation 6. Urban Morphology and Analysis 7. Cartographic Representation and Data-Driven Visualization 8. Cellular Models, Agent-Based Behaviors, and Simulation: Speculation 9. Case Studies: Deconstructing the Use of Computational Tools in Professional Landscape Architecture Projects\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor \u0026 Francis Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49401878348119,"sku":"9780367195304","price":43.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780367195304.jpg?v=1730478779"},{"product_id":"innovative-developments-in-virtual-and-physical-prototyping-proceedings-of-the-5th-international-conference-on-advanced-research-in-virtual-and-rapid-portugal-28-september-1-october-2011-9780415684187","title":"Innovative Developments in Virtual and Physical","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eEssential reading on the latest advances in virtual prototyping and rapid manufacturing. Presents more than 100 peer-reviewed papers covering: Biomanufacturing; CAD and 3D Data Acquisition Technologies; Materials; Rapid Tooling \u0026amp; Manufacturing; Additive and Nano Manufacturing Technologies; Virtual Environments and Simulation, and Applications\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Keynotes\u003cbr\u003e2. Biomanufacturing\u003cbr\u003e3. CAD and 3D Data Acquisition Technologies\u003cbr\u003e4. Materials\u003cbr\u003e5. Rapid Tooling \u0026amp; Manufacturing\u003cbr\u003e6. Additive and Nano Manufacturing Technologies\u003cbr\u003e7. Virtual Environments and Simulation\u003cbr\u003e8. Applications\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor \u0026 Francis Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402144620887,"sku":"9780415684187","price":332.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780415684187.jpg?v=1730479525"},{"product_id":"bim-and-integrated-design-9780470572511","title":"BIM and Integrated Design","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReady or not, it's high time to make BIM a part of your practice, or at least your vocabulary, and this book has as much to offer beginners as it does seasoned users of building information modeling software.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cb\u003eChicago Architect\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe first book devoted to the subject of how BIM affects individuals and organizations working within the ever-changing construction industry, \u003ci\u003eBIM and Integrated Design\u003c\/i\u003e discusses the implementation of building information modeling software as a cultural process with a focus on the technology's impact and transformative effectboth potentially disruptive and liberatingon the social, psychological, and practical aspects of the workplace.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eBIM and Integrated Design\u003c\/i\u003e answers the questions that BIM poses to the firm that adopts it. Through thorough research and a series of case study interviews with industry leadersand leaders in the making out from behind the monitor\u003ci\u003eBIM and Integrated Design\u003c\/i\u003e helps you learn:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul type\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eIntroductory Statement by The American Institute of Architects vii\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface ix\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAcknowledgments xiii\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIntroduction xv\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART I\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBIM As Though People Mattered 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWHAT YOU ADOPT WHEN ADOPTING BIM 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTHE SOCIAL IMPLICATIONS OF IMPLEMENTING BIM 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCase Study Interview with Paul Durand, AIA, and Allison Scott, Winter Street Architects 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCase Study Interview with Aaron Greven, BIM Consultant 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWHO WORKS IN BIM AND WHO DOESN’T 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCase Study Interview with Jack Hungerford, PhD 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCase Study Interview with Kristine K. Fallon, FAIA, Kristine Fallon Associates 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART II\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eLeading Integrated Design 89\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWORKING WITH OTHERS IN BIM 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCase Study Interview with Rich Nitzsche, CIO, Perkins + Will 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBIM AND INTEGRATED DESIGN 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCase Study Interview with Andy Stapleton and Peter Rumpf, Mortenson Construction 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCase Study Interview with Jonathan Cohen, FAIA, Architect and Author 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART III\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eLeading and Learning  157\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLEADING FROM THE MODEL 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCase Study Interview with Bradley Beck, Architect and BIM Manager 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCase Study Interview with Charles Hardy, director, Office of Project Delivery at U.S. General Services Administration (GSA) Public Buildings Service National Capital Region 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLEARNING BIM AND INTEGRATED DESIGN 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCase Study Interview with Yanni Loukissas, PhD, Postdoctoral associate, Massachusetts Institute of Technology 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCase Study Interview with Phil Bernstein, FAIA, vice president, Autodesk 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEpilogue 235\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIndex 237\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402369573207,"sku":"9780470572511","price":62.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470572511.jpg?v=1730480187"},{"product_id":"fieldprogrammable-gate-arrays-9780471556657","title":"FieldProgrammable Gate Arrays","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTimely, authoritative, application-oriented. an in-depthexploration of current and future uses of FPGAs in digital systemsThe development of field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) may wellbe the most important breakthrough for the microelectronicsindustry since the invention of the microprocessor. Using FPGAs, asystem designer working on a PC can now develop a working prototypein a few hours and change it at will in just a few minutes, ratherthan waiting weeks or months for a printed-circuit assembly or acustom integrated circuit to be built. This newfound ability tochange a system by simply altering its configuration memory is alsoleading to exciting new forms of computing, such as arrayapplications that exploit parallelism. Now in a book that functionsequally well as a working professional reference and apedagogically consistent computer engineering text, John V.Oldfield and Richard C. Dorf:\u003cbr\u003e * Provide a detailed overview of FPGAs in digital systemsdesign\u003cbr\u003e * Explain the underly\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSystem Implementation Strategies.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Review of Logic Design and Electrical Aspects.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Introduction to FPGA Architecture.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Design Process Flows and Software Tools.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Case Studies.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Computational Applications.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Business Development.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Recent Developments.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Afterword.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Glossary.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402631160151,"sku":"9780471556657","price":154.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471556657.jpg?v=1730481050"},{"product_id":"the-architects-guide-to-the-u-s-national-cad-standard-9780471703785","title":"The Architects Guide to the U.S. National CAD","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA definitive user''s guide to the U.S. National CAD Standard\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e The Architect''s Guide to the U.S. National CAD Standard helps make the National CAD Standard (NCS) more accessible to architects by presenting:\u003cbr\u003e * Clear and succinct explanations of concepts and options in the NCS\u003cbr\u003e * A step-by-step approach to seamlessly implement standardized drawings in any size firm\u003cbr\u003e * Successful strategies design firms can use to best take advantage of the NCS requirements\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e The Architect''s Guide to the U.S. National CAD Standard presents an informative overview of the NCS, including illustrations and frequently asked questions. It shows architects how to minimize immediate costs and downtime, how to reap immediate benefits, and how best to learn the system at an individualized pace. Used side by side with the Standard, this authoritative guide offers helpful insight into how the NCS is likely to be interpreted and presents a variety of available options for\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout This Book xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1 Drawing Set Organization 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2 Sheet Organization 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3 Schedules 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4 Drafting Conventions 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5 Terms and Abbreviations 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6 Symbols 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7 Notations 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8 Code Conventions 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9 AIA CAD Layer Guidelines 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10 Plotting Guidelines 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11 Implementation 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A: List of Sheets: Example for Level 1 Discipline Designators 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B: List of Sheets: Example for Level 2 Discipline Designators 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix C: Sheet Keynote Office Master: Example for Architectural Sheets 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix D: Reference Keynote Office Master: Example for Architectural Sheets 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix E: Sample CAD Layer Names for Architectural Sheets 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix F: Supplement to AIA Document G612-2001: Owner’s Instructions to the Architect for Construction Drawing Standards–Part D 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlossary 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBibliography 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 239\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402656325975,"sku":"9780471703785","price":72.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471703785.jpg?v=1730481139"},{"product_id":"digital-diffractive-optics-9780471984474","title":"Digital Diffractive Optics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDiffractive optical elements (DOEs) are becoming more and more widely used in a braod range of fields, including telecommunications, optical computing, consumer electronics, laser material processing and the biomedical sciences, to manipulate light through micro-optical systems.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"This excellent book is a model of what a contemporary technical textbook shoud be\"  \"...wll be valuable reading...\"  (www.profbooks.com,  4 January 2001)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction: From Diffraction to Diffractive Optics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Design and Simulation of Diffractive Optical Elements.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e DOE Fabrication and Replication Techniques.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e CAD\/CAM Tools for DOEs.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e DOE Fabrication Tolerancing Analysis.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e DOE Mask Layout Generation.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e System-Oriented DOE Designs: Examples.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Conclusion.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402709082455,"sku":"9780471984474","price":278.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471984474.jpg?v=1730481299"},{"product_id":"advanced-jewellery-cad-modelling-in-rhino-9780719840418","title":"Advanced Jewellery CAD Modelling in Rhino","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdvanced Jewellery CAD Modelling in Rhino by Jack Meyer is a great book to help you unlock more skills and understanding in the sometimes-frustrating world of CAD. The book is full of tips, tricks, diagrams and packed with lots of information for those wishing to push their CAD knowledge on to the next level. -- Ben Poulsom DGA, The Society of British Jewellers * Founder of The Society of British Jewellers *\u003cbr\u003eWhat makes this book exceptional are Meyer’s thoughtful answers to the questions on ‘why’? Why should I use this command over that command? Why is my Rhino surface giving this unexpected result? More important than the twelve step-by-step projects contained in the book are Meyer’s definitions of modelling strategy and his explanations of the foundational concepts that drive Rhino’s tools. These two strengths are what allow this book to clearly explain the ‘why’ questions of an advanced jewellery modeller. -- Michael Magee, Gems \u0026amp; Jewellery magazine * Gems \u0026amp; Jewellery magazine *","brand":"The Crowood Press Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49404112339287,"sku":"9780719840418","price":22.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780719840418.jpg?v=1730485458"},{"product_id":"lowpower-cmos-design-9780780334298","title":"LowPower CMOS Design","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis collection of papers provides an overview of low-power system design, from component technologies and circuits to architecture, system design, and CAD techniques.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface.  \u003cp\u003eOVERVIEW.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLow Power Microelectronics: Retrospect and Prospect (J. Meindl).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMicropower IC (E. Vittoz).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLow-Power CMOS Digital Design (A. Chandrakasan, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCMOS Scaling for High Performance and Low-Power—The Next Ten Years (B. Davari, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLOW VOLTAGE TECHNOLOGIES AND CIRCUITS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLow-Voltage Technologies and Circuits (T. Kuroda \u0026amp; T. Sakurai).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThreshold Voltage Scaling and Control.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIon-Implanted Complementary MOS Transistors in Low-Voltage Circuits (R. Swanson \u0026amp; J. Meindl).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrading Speed for Low Power by Choice of Supply and Threshold Voltages (D. Liu \u0026amp; C. Svensson).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLimitation of CMOS Supply-Voltage Scaling by MOSFET Threshold-Voltage Variation (S. Sun \u0026amp; P. Tsui).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eMultiple Threshold CMOS (MTCMOS).\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1-V Power Supply High-Speed Digital Circuit Technology with Multithreshold Voltage CMOS (S. Mutoh, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA 1-V Multi-Threshold Voltage CMOS DSP with an Efficient Power Management Technique for Mobile Phone Application (S. Mutoh, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSubstrate Bias Controlled Variable Threshold CMOS.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e50% Active-Power Saving Without Speed Degradation Using Standby Power Reduction (SPR) Circuit (K. Seta, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA 0.9V, 150MHz 10mW 4mm\u003csup\u003e2\u003c\/sup\u003e, 2-D Discrete Cosine Transform Core Processor with Variable Threshold-Voltage (VT) Scheme (T. Kuroda, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSilicon-on-Insulator Based Technologies.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSOI CMOS for Low Power Systems (D. Antoniadis).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBack Gated CMOS on SOIAS for Dynamic Threshold Voltage Control (I. Yang, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesign of Low Power CMOS\/SOI Devices and Circuits for Memory and Signal Processing Applications (L. Thon \u0026amp; G. Shahidi).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Dynamic Threshold Voltage MOSFET (DTMOS) for Very Low Voltage Operation (F. Assaderaghi, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA 0.5V SIMOX-MTCMOS Circuit with 200ps Logic Gate (T. Douseki, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEFFICIENT DC-DC CONVERSION AND ADAPTIVE POWER SUPPLY SYSTEMS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEfficient Low Voltage DC-DC Converter Design.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Low-Voltage CMOS DC-DC Converter for a Portable Battery-Operated System (A. Stratakos, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUltra Low-Power Control Circuits for PWM Converters (A. Dancy \u0026amp; A. Chandrakasan).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdaptive Power Supply Systems.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Voltage Reduction Technique for Battery Operated Systems (V. von Kaenel, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutomatic Adjustment of Threshold and Supply Voltage for Minimum Power Consumption in CMOS Digital Circuits (V. von Kaenel, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLow-Power Operation Using Self-Timed Circuits and Adaptive Scaling of the Supply Voltage (L. Nielsen, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Low-Power Switching Power Supply for Self-Clocked Systems (G. Wei \u0026amp; M. Horowitz).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVariable-Voltage Digital-Signal Processing (V. Gutnik \u0026amp; A. Chandrakasan).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScheduling for Reduced CPU Energy (M. Weiser, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCIRCUIT AND LOGIC STYLES.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eConventional Circuit and Logic Styles.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSilicon-Gate CMOS Frequency Divider for the Electronic Wrist Watch (E. Vittoz, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCODYMOS Frequency Dividers Achieve Low Power Consumption and High Frequency (H. Oguey \u0026amp; E. Vittoz).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShort-Circuit Dissipation of Static CMOS Circuitry and Its Impact on the Design of Buffer Circuits (H. Veendrick).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA 3.8ns CMOS 16x16 Multiplier Using Complementary Pass Transistor Logic (K. Yano, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA High-Speed, Low-Power, Swing Restored Pass-Transistor Logic Based Multiply and Accumulate Circuit for Multimedia Applications (A. Parameswar, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStatic Power Driven Voltage Scaling and Delay Driven Buffer Sizing in Mixed Swing QuadRail for Sub-IV I\/O Swings (R. Krishnamurthy, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Power Consumption of CMOS Adders and Multiliers (T. Callaway \u0026amp; E. Swartzlander, Jr.).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDelay Balanced Multipliers for Low Power\/Low Voltage DSP Core (T. Sakuta, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAsynchronous Does Not Imply Low Power, But, ... (K. Van Berkel, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLatches and Flip-Flops for Low-Power Systems (C. Svensson \u0026amp; J. Yuan).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdiabatic Logic Circuits.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eZig-Zag Path to Understanding (R. Landauer).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Low-Power Multiphase Circuit Technique (B. Watkins).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAsymptotically Zero Energy Split-Level Charge Recovery Logic (S. Younis \u0026amp; T. Knight).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLow Power Ditigal Systems Based on Adiabatic Switching Principles (W. Athas, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdiabatic Dynamic Logic (A. Dickinson \u0026amp; J. Denker).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDRIVING INTERCONNECT.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSub-1-V Swin Internal Bus Architecture for Future Low-Power ULSIs (Y. Nakagome, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData-Dependent Logic Swing Internal Bus Architecture for Ultra Low-Power LSIs (M. Hiraki, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAn Asymptotically Zero Power Charge-Recycling Bus Architecture for Battery-Operated Ultra-High Data Rate ULSIs (H. Yamauchi, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBus-Invert Coding for Low Power I\/O (M. Stan \u0026amp; W. Burleson).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Sub-CV\u003csup\u003e2\u003c\/sup\u003e Pad Driver with 10 ns Transition Time (L. Svensson, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMEMORY CIRCUITS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReviews and Prospects of Low-Power Memory Circuits (K. Itoh).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDRAM.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrends in Low-Power RAM Circuit Technologies (K. Itoh, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStandby\/Active Mode Logic for Sub-1V Operating ULSI Memory (D. Takashima, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Charge Recycle Refresh for Gb-scale DRAM's in File Application (T. Kawahara, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSRAM.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA 1-V 1-Mb SRAM for Portable Equipment (H. Morimura \u0026amp; N. Shibata).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Single Bitline Cross-Point Cell Activation (SCPA) Architecture for Ultra-Low-Power SRAMs (M. Ukita, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTechniques to Reduce Power in Fast Wide Memories (B. Amrutur \u0026amp; M. Horowitz).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA 2-ns, 5-mW, Synchronous-Powered Static-Circuit Associative TLB (H. Higuchi, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDriving Source-Line (DSL) Cell Architecture for Sub-1-V High Speed Low Power Applications (H. Mizuno \u0026amp; T Nagano).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePORTABLE TERMINAL ELECTRONICS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eGeneral Purpose Processor Design.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnergy Dissipation in General Purpose Microprocessors (R. Gonzalez \u0026amp; M. Horowitz).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnergy Efficient CMOS Microprocessor Design (T. Burd \u0026amp; R. Brodersen).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA 160MHz 32b 0.5W CMOS RISC Microprocessor (J. Montanaro, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA 320MHz, 1.5mW @ 1.35V CMOS PLL for Microprocessor Clock Generation (V. Von Kaenel, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDedicated and Programmable Digital Signal Processors.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Low-Power Chipset for a Portable Multimedia I\/O Terminal (A. Chandrakasan, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Portable Real-Time Video Decoder for Wireless Communication (T. Meng, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLow Power Design of Memory Intensive Functions (D. Lidsky \u0026amp; J. Rabaey).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA 16b Low-Power Digital Signal Processor (K. Ueda, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA 1.8V 36mW DSP for the Half-Rate Speech CODEC (T. Shiraishi, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesign of a 1-V Programmable DSP for Wireless Communication (P. Landman, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStage-Skip Pipeline: A Low Power Processor Architecture Using a Decoded Instruction Buffer (M. Hiraki, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCOMPUTER AIDED DESIGN TOOLS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePower Analysis Techniques.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTransition Density: A New Measure of Activity in Digital Circuits (E. Najm).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstimation of Average Switching Activity in Combinational and Sequential Circuits (A. Ghosh, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePower Estimation for Sequential Logic Circuits (C. Tsui, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Monte Carlo Approach for Power Estimation (R. Burch, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStratified Random Sampling for Power Estimation (C.-S. Ding, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Survey of High-Level Power Estimation Techniques (P. Landman).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eActivity-Sensitive Architectural Power Analysis (P. Landman \u0026amp; J. Rabaey).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePower Analysis of Embedded Software: A First Step Towards Software Power Minimization (V. Tiwari, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePower Optimization Techniques.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTechnology Mapping for Low Power (V. Tiwari, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePOSE: Power Optimization and Synthesis Environment (S. Iman \u0026amp; M. Pedram).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTransformation and Synthesis of FSMs fo Low-Power Gated-Clock Implementation (L. Benini \u0026amp; G. De Micheli).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrecomputation-Based Sequential Logic Optimization for Low Power (M. Alidina, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlitch Analysis and Reduction in Register Transfer Level Power Optimization (A. Raghunathan, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploiting Locality for Low-Power Design (R. Mehra, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHYPER-LP: A System for Power Minimization Using Architectural Transformations (A. Chandrakasan, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVariable Voltage Scheduling (S. Raje \u0026amp; M. Sarrafzadeh).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystem)-Level Transformations for Low Power Data Transfer and Storage (F. Catthoor, \u003ci\u003eet al.\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAuthor Index.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49404990030167,"sku":"9780780334298","price":195.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780780334298.jpg?v=1730488296"},{"product_id":"case-studies-in-parametric-design-9781032289717","title":"Case Studies in Parametric Design","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCase Studies in Parametric Design\u003c\/em\u003e is a guide to scripting digital models for architects, designers, and builders. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe use of parametric design in architecture has afforded the realization of incredible built work; modelling software can resolve complex geometry and aid in the development of stunning creations. Methods for creating the digital models to achieve these results, however, can be perplexing. Learning curves are steep, and benefits garnered from adapting existing workflows to incorporate new tools may appear trivial. This book describes programming techniques for a variety of buildings and provides novices an understanding of language and processes, challenges intermediate users with rigor and intentionality, and offers proficient practitioners objectives beyond novel form-making. The case studies consist of six mass topologies and six facade topologies; each includes sample topology models and scripts, descriptions of steps for generating customizable para\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e“\u003cem\u003eCase Studies in Parametric Design\u003c\/em\u003e provides a welcoming entry point for architecture students and professionals interested in learning visual scripting. Collins presents clear diagrams, straightforward text, and accessible terminology to describe the timeless logics of geometric relationships in architecture.” \u003cstrong\u003eShelby Elizabeth Doyle\u003c\/strong\u003e, AIA, LEED AP, Associate Professor, Department of Architecture, Iowa State University, USA\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e“At a critical time while we are experiencing a paradigm shift in design practice, \u003cem\u003eCase Studies in Parametric Design\u003c\/em\u003e highlights the importance of metric-based solutions, preparing designers for a more performative future.”\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArash Soleimani\u003c\/strong\u003e, Ph.D., Chair, Design Computation and Applied Computer Science – Media Arts Associate Professor, School of Architecture, Woodbury University, USA\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Extrude 2. Loft 3. Stack 4. Carve 5. Nest 6. Trim 7. Quad 8. Diamond 9. Tessellate 10. Attractor 11. Irregular 12. Layer\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor \u0026 Francis Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49406664278359,"sku":"9781032289717","price":35.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781032289717.jpg?v=1730496693"},{"product_id":"designing-with-objects-9781118581209","title":"Designing with Objects","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHere is a book that takes the sting out of learning object-oriented design patterns! Using vignettes from the fictional world of Harry Potter, author Avinash C. Kak provides a refreshing alternative to the typically abstract and dry object-oriented design literature.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDesigning with Objects\u003c\/i\u003e is unique. It explains design patterns using the short-story medium instead of sterile examples. It is the third volume in a trilogy by Avinash C. Kak, following Programming with Objects (Wiley, 2003) and Scripting with Objects (Wiley, 2008). \u003ci\u003eDesigning with Objects\u003c\/i\u003e confronts how difficult it is for students to learn complex patterns based on conventional scenarios that they may not be able to relate to. In contrast, it shows that stories from the fictional world of Harry Potter provide highly relatable and engaging models. After explaining core notions in a pattern and its typical use in real-world applications, each chapter shows how a pattern can be mapped to a \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePREFACE xiv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eACKNOWLEDGMENTS xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Why Learn Design Patterns and Why Do So with Help from Harry Potter? 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 The OO Design Patterns “Bible” by GoF 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 But What Has Harry Potter Got to Do with OO Design Patterns? 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Is Familiarity with Harry Potter a Requirement for Understanding This Book? 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 How the Pattern Explanations are Organized 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 The Terminology of Object-Oriented Programming 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 The UML Notation Used in the Class Diagrams 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.1 Association as a Relationship Between Classes 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.2 Aggregation and Composition as Relationships Between Classes 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.3 Representing Attributes 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.4 Representing Operations 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eI CREATIONAL PATTERNS 19\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Abstract Factory 21\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 The Concept of a Factory in Software 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Intent and Applicability 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Introduction to the Abstract Factory Pattern 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 The Abstract Factory Pattern in Real-World Applications 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Abstract Factory Pattern 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 The Abstract Class Factory 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 The Helper Class FactoryStore 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 The Abstract Class Enchanted 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 The Concrete Classes for Magical Objects 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 The Concrete Factory Classes 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12 The Client Class Diagon AlleyRetailer 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.13 Playing with the Code 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Builder 38\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Building Complex Objects 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Intent and Applicability 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Introduction to the Builder Pattern 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 The Builder Pattern in Real-World Applications 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Builder Pattern 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 A Top-Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 The Abstract Class PotionMaker 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 The Concrete Extensions of PotionMaker 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 The Director Class 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 The Potion Class 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.11 The Ingredient Class 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.12 The PotionMakingFeasibilityViolation Class 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.13 The Client Class 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.14 Playing with the Code 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Factory Method 59\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Revisiting the Concept of a Factory in Software 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Intent and Applicability 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Introduction to the Factory Method Pattern 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 The Factory Method Pattern in Real-World Applications 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Factory Method Pattern 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 The Enchanted Class Hierarchy 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 The ArtifactFactory Class Hierarchy and the Factory Methods Contained Therein 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 The Client Class 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 Playing with the Code 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Prototype 73\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Why Not Make New Objects by Copying Old Objects? 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Intent and Applicability 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Introduction to the Prototype Pattern 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 The Prototype Pattern in Real-World Applications 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate The Prototype Pattern 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 The Dragon Class 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 The PrototypeManagerAndDuplicator Class 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 The DragonAficionado Class 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 The UnknownDragonException Class 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 Playing with the Code 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Singleton 90\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Singular Objects 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Intent and Applicability 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Introduction to the Singleton Pattern 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 The Singleton Pattern in Real-World Applications 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Singleton Pattern 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 The MinisterForMagic Class 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 The TestSingleton Class 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 Variations on the Singleton Pattern 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10 Playing with the Code 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eII STRUCTURAL PATTERNS 99\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Adapter 101\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Getting Things to Work Together 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Intent and Applicability 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Introduction to the Adapter Pattern 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 The Adapter Pattern in Real-World Applications 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Adapter Pattern 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 The Target Interface: TeachingDADA 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 The TeacherForDADA Class 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 The AdapterForSafeTeaching Class 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10 The Client Class SchoolOfMagic 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.11 Object Adapter 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.12 Pluggable Adapter 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.13 Playing with the Code 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Bridge 122\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Concepts and Their Implementation 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Intent and Applicability 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Introduction to the Bridge Pattern 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 The Bridge Pattern in Real-World Applications 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Bridge Pattern 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 The Humanoid Class 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 The Dementor, Goblin, and HouseElf Classes 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9 The Humanoid Imp Class 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.10 Implementation Classes for the Dementor, Goblin, and HouseElf Classes 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.11 The Client Class MinistryOfMagic 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.12 Playing with the Code 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Composite 142\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Relationships That Loop Back 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Intent and Applicability 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Introduction to the Composite Pattern 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 The Composite Pattern in Real-World Applications 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Composite Pattern 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 The WizardTraits Interface 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 The Wizard Class 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.9 The Auror Class 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.10 The Obliviator Class 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.11 The DepartmentHead Class 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.12 The Minister for Magic Class 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.13 The Client Class Test 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.14 Playing with the Code 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Decorator 161\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Onion as a Metaphor 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Intent and Applicability 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Introduction to the Decorator Pattern 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 The Decorator Pattern in Real-World Applications 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Decorator Pattern 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 The CoreMessageDeliveryClass Class 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 The Decorator Classes 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 The Client Class Test 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.10 Playing with the Code 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Facade 175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Hiding Complexity 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Intent and Applicability 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Introduction to the Facade Pattern 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 The Facade Pattern in Real-World Applications 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Facade Pattern 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 The Abstract Root Class Facade 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8 The Network Class 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.9 The Node, Link, and Path Classes 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.10 The Three Concrete Facade Classes 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.11 Testing the Demonstration Code 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.12 Playing with the Code 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Flyweight 212\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 The Idea of Customized Duplications 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Intent and Applicability 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Introduction to the Flyweight Pattern 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 The Flyweight Pattern in Real-World Applications 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Flyweight Pattern 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 The HeadMasterPortrait Class 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 The FlyweightImageStore Class 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 The ImageManager Class 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10 The PortraitBorderChoices Class 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11 The ImageNotAvailableException Class 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.12 The PortraitMakerAssignment Class 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.13 Playing with the Code 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.14 Acknowledgment 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Proxy 230\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Is It Always Necessary to Have the Real Thing? 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Intent and Applicability 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Introduction to the Proxy Pattern 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 The Proxy Pattern in Real-World Applications 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Proxy Pattern 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 The Abstract Class Wizard 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 The DarkWizardTraits Interface 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9 The DarkWizard Class 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10 The DarkLord Class 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.11 The ClientClass Class 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.12 Playing with the Code 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIII BEHAVIORAL PATTERNS 249\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Chain of Responsibility 253\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Passing the Buck 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Intent and Applicability 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Introduction to the Chain of Responsibility Pattern 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 The Chain of Responsibility Pattern in Real-World Applications 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Chain of Responsibility Pattern 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 The Interface Class Violations 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 The Abstract Class Adjudicator 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9 The Player Class 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10 The Classes with the Authority to Resolve Violations 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.11 Testing the Code 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.12 Playing with the Code 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Command 272\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Actions Versus the Actors 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Intent and Applicability 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Introduction to the Command Pattern 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 The Command Pattern in Real-World Applications 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Command Pattern 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 The Command Interface 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8 The MyPlaces Interface 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.9 The ProtectHarryPotter Class 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.10 The Wizard Class 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.11 The Squib Class 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.12 The Invoker Class 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.13 The UnableToProtectHarryPotterException Class 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.14 The Client Class 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.15 Playing with the Code 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Interpreter 290\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Parsing versus Interpretation 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Intent and Applicability 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Introduction to the Interpreter Pattern 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 The Interpreter Pattern in Real-World Applications 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Interpreter Pattern 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6 A Parser Front-End for the Interpreter Pattern 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.8 The Driver Class 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.9 The Interpreter Sentence Class 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.10 The Worker Classes for Interpretation 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.11 The Utility Class ShowSyntaxTree 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.12 Playing with the Code 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Iterator 321\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Storing Object Collections and Interacting with Them 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Intent and Applicability 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Introduction to the Iterator Pattern 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 The Iterator Pattern in Real-World Applications 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Iterator Pattern 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.7 A Utility Interface for Demonstrating the Iterator Pattern 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.8 The Iterator Interface 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.9 The Fresher Class 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.10 The SortingHat Class 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.11 The MagicCollection Interface 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.12 The MagicList and MagicSet Classes 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.13 The Class Range 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.14 Playing with the Code 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.15 Credits 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Mediator 353\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 The Role of Mediation in Collaborative Problem Solving 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Intent and Applicability 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Introduction to the Mediator Pattern 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 The Mediator Pattern in Real-World Applications 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Mediator Pattern 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7 The Abstract Class Mediator 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.8 The Interface TrialElements 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.9 The MinistryOfMagicTrialMediator Class 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.10 The Witness Class 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.11 The Trial Interface 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.12 The HarryPotterTrial Class 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.13 Playing with the Code 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Memento 371\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Recalling the Past 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Intent and Applicability 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Introduction to the Memento Pattern 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 The Memento Pattern in Real-World Applications 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Memento Pattern 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 The HogwartsHappening Class and The Inner Memento Class 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8 The Client Class 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.9 Playing with the Code 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Observer 386\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Subscription-Based Broadcasting 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 Intent and Applicability 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3 Introduction to the Observer Pattern 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4 The Observer Pattern in Real-World Applications 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Observer Pattern 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.7 The Observer Interface 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.8 The Observable Interface 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.9 The DarkLord Class 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.10 The DeathEater Class 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.11 The GodProcess Class 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.12 Playing with the Code 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e21 State 405\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Contextual Dependence of Behaviors 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Intent and Applicability 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Introduction to the State Pattern 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4 The State Pattern in Real-World Applications 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the State Pattern 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.7 The DADA State Interface 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.8 The Year-by-Year Implementation Classes for the State 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.9 The TeachingDADA Class 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.10 The Hogwarts Class 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.11 Playing with the Code 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e22 Strategy 421\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Strategies in the Pursuit of Goals 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 Intent and Applicability 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3 Introduction to the Strategy Pattern 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4 The Strategy Pattern in Real-World Applications 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Strategy Pattern 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.7 The Abstract Root Class for Strategies: StrategyAbstractRoot 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.8 The Concrete Strategy Classes 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.9 The Champion Class 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.10 The SecondTaskManager Class 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.11 Playing with the Code 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e23 Template Method 437\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.1 Customizable Recipes 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2 Intent and Applicability 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3 Introduction to the Template Method Pattern 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4 The Template Method Pattern in Real-World Applications 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Template Method Pattern 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.7 The Abstract Root of Narrative Generation Classes 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.8 Concrete Classes for Narrative Generation 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.9 The Executable Class 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.10 Playing with the Code 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e24 Visitor 453\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.1 Hooks, Good and Evil 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.2 Intent and Applicability 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.3 Introduction to the Visitor Pattern 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.4 The Visitor Pattern in Real-World Applications 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.5 Harry Potter Story Used to Illustrate the Visitor Pattern 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.6 A Top Level View of the Pattern Demonstration 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.7 The Visitor Interface 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.8 Two Concrete Implementations of the Visitor Interface 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.9 A Re-Implementation of the Wizard Hierarchy of the Composite Pattern 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.10 The Executable Class Client 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.11 Playing with the Code 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eREFERENCES 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eINDEX 474\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49406891852119,"sku":"9781118581209","price":66.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118581209.jpg?v=1730497464"},{"product_id":"autocad-civil-3d-2016-essentials-9781119059592","title":"AutoCAD Civil 3D 2016 Essentials","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStart designing today with this hands-on beginner's guide to AutoCAD Civil 3D 2016   AutoCAD Civil 3D 2016 Essentials gets you quickly up to speed with the features and functions of this industry-leading civil engineering software.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Navigating the User Interface 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting to Know the Civil 3D User Interface 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with the Application Menu 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with the Ribbon 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with the Toolspace 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Drawing Area 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Command Line 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Panorama 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Transparent Commands Toolbar 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Inquiry Tool 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Leveraging a Dynamic Environment 17\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting Objects and Styles 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting Labels and Label Styles 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting Objects to Objects 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting Objects to Labels 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppreciating the Richness of the 3-D Model 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing Data in a Dynamic Environment 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 Establishing Existing Conditions Using Survey Data 37\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is Survey Data? 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Survey Database 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImporting Survey Data 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutomating Field-to-Finish 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Survey Points 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Survey Figures 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Additional Points 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Modeling the Existing Terrain Using Surfaces 65\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Surfaces 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Surface from Survey Data 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Breaklines to Improve Surface Accuracy 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Surfaces 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying and Analyzing Surfaces 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotating Surfaces 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Designing in 2-D Using Alignments 91\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Alignments 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Alignments from Objects 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Alignments Using the Alignment Creation Tools 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Alignments 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Design Criteria Files and Check Sets 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 Displaying and Annotating Alignments 113\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Alignment Styles 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Alignment Labels and Label Sets 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Station\/Offset Labels 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Segment Labels 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Tag Labels and Tables 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 Designing Vertically Using Profiles 131\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Surface Profiles 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying Profiles in Profile Views 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Design Profiles 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Profiles 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Design Check Sets and Criteria Files 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Displaying and Annotating Profiles 149\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Profile Styles 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Profile View Styles 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Profile View Bands 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Profile Labels 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating and Applying Profile Label Sets 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Profile View Labels 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProjecting Objects to Profile Views 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 Designing in 3D Using Corridors 169\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Corridors 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating an Assembly 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Corridor 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Corridor Targets 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Corridor Surfaces 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 Creating Cross Sections of the Design 191\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Section Editor 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Sample Lines 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Section Views 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSampling More Sources 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11 Displaying and Annotating Sections 207\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Section Styles 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Section Labels 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Corridor Section Display with Code Set Styles 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Labels with Code Set Styles 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Section View Styles 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Section View Bands 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Group Plot Styles 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Section View Labels 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12 Designing and Analyzing Boundaries Using Parcels 229\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Parcels 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Parcels from Objects 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Parcels by Layout 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Parcels 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13 Displaying and Annotating Parcels 253\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Parcel Styles 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Parcel Area Labels 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Parcel Segment Labels 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Parcel Segment Labels 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Parcel Tables 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14 Designing Gravity Pipe Networks 273\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Gravity Pipe Networks 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Gravity Pipe Networks 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Gravity Pipe Networks 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 15 Designing Pressure Pipe Networks 297\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Pressure Pipe Networks 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Pressure Pipe Networks 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Pressure Pipe Networks 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 16 Displaying and Annotating Pipe Networks 317\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying Pipe Networks Using Styles 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotating Pipe Networks in Plan View 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotating Pipe Networks in Profile View 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Pipe Network Tables 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 17 Designing New Terrain 339\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Grading 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Feature Lines 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Feature Lines 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Feature Lines 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Grading Objects 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Grading Objects 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Grading Objects 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 18 Analyzing, Displaying, and Annotating Surfaces 361\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCombining Design Surfaces 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnalyzing Design Surfaces 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCalculating Earthwork Volumes 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLabeling Design Surfaces 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix AutoCAD Civil 3D 2016 Certification 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 389\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49406976295255,"sku":"9781119059592","price":30.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119059592.jpg?v=1730497760"},{"product_id":"mastering-solidworks-9781119300571","title":"Mastering SolidWorks","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe complete SolidWorks reference-tutorial for beginner to advanced techniques Mastering SolidWorks is the reference-tutorial for all users. Packed with step-by-step instructions, video tutorials for over 40 chapters, and coverage of little-known techniques, this book takes you from novice to power user with clear instruction that goes beyond the basics. Fundamental techniques are detailed with real-world examples for hands-on learning, and the companion website provides tutorial files for all exercises. Even veteran users will find value in new techniques that make familiar tasks faster, easier, and more organized, including advanced file management tools that simplify and streamline pre-flight checks.  SolidWorks is the leading 3D CAD program, and is an essential tool for engineers, mechanical designers, industrial designers, and drafters around the world. User friendly features such as drag-and-drop, point-and-click, and cut-and-paste tools belie the software's powerful capabilities\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xxxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Introducing SolidWorks Basics 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Introducing SolidWorks 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling SolidWorks for the First Time 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStarting SolidWorks for the First Time 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying SolidWorks Documents 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Feature-Based Modeling 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding History-Based Modeling 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSketching with Parametrics 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Design Intent 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Design Intent 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Associativity 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Navigating the SolidWorks Interface 25\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying Elements of the SolidWorks Interface 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking the Interface Work for You 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 Working with Sketches and Reference Geometry .61\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a New Part 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Sketch 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying Sketch Entities 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDriving Sketches with Smart Dimensions 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Tools on the Dimensions\/Relations Toolbar 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInferencing in Sketch 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploring Sketch Settings 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Sketch Blocks 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Reference Geometry 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Learning to Use Sketch Relations 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Using Blocks and Belts 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Creating Reference Geometry 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Creating Simple Parts and Drawings 111\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscovering Design Intent 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Simple Part 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Simple Assembly 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Simple Drawing 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Using Visualization Techniques 143\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManipulating the View 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the View Tools 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the DisplayManager 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Display Pane 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Building Intelligence into Your Parts 181\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 Getting More from Your Sketches 183\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Sketch Relations 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting More from Dimensions 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Sketch Entities 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Sketch Pictures 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Sketch Text 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Colors and Line Styles with Sketches 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Other Sketch Tools 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSketching in 3D 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Editing and Copying 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Controlling Pictures, Text, Colors, and Styles 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Using Metadata 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Sketching Calculator 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 Modeling with Primary Features 217\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying When to Use Which Tool 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Fillet Types 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Chamfers 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Bracket Casting 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Selecting Secondary Features 261\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Curve Features 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting a Specialty Feature 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Creating a Wire-Formed Part 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 Patterning and Mirroring 283\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePatterning in a Sketch 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMirroring in a Sketch 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with 3D Patterns 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Pattern Types 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCosmetic Patterns 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMirroring 3D Solids 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Creating a Circular Pattern 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Mirroring Features 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Applying a Cosmetic Pattern 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 Using Equations 317\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Equations 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Global Variables 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Modify Box 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Expressions 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Suppression States of Features 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLinking to External Equations 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Using Equations 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11 Working with Part Configurations 335\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Design Tables 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Simple Design Table 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Configuration Publisher 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working with Configurations and Design Tables 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12 Editing, Evaluating, and Troubleshooting 371\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Rollback 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReordering Features 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReordering Folders 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Flyout and Detachable FeatureManagers 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummarizing Part Modeling Best Practices 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Design for Change 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Evaluation Techniques 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTroubleshooting Errors 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Utilizing Editing and Evaluation Techniques 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Working with Assemblies 413\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13 Building Efficient Assemblies 415\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Purpose of Assemblies 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying the Elements of an Assembly 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing SpeedPaks 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Subassemblies 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Folders 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Tree Display Options 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Arranging Assemblies 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Managing the FeatureManager 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14 Getting More from Mates 449\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Mates 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMating for Motion 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Advanced and Mechanical Mate Types 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing and Troubleshooting 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExamining Mate Options 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReviewing Mate Best Practices 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Mating for Success 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 15 Patterning and Mirroring Components 483\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComponent Patterns 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Local Component Patterns 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Feature-Driven Component Patterns 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Chain Pattern 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Other Pattern Options 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Creating Component Patterns 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 16 Working with Assembly Sketches and Layouts 499\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLooking at the Techniques 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Layout Feature 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working with a Layout 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 17 Using Assembly Tools 515\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlacing Parts without Mates 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Proximity Tools 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting Components 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Assembly Performance Evaluation Results 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Defeature 533\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Hole Alignment Tool 534\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 18 Using Libraries, Assembly Features, and Hole Wizard 537\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Library Features 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Library Features 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Assembly Cuts 551\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Fillets and Chamfers in Assemblies 554\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Hole Wizard 555\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Weld Beads 558\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Envelopes 560\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Smart Components 562\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Smart Components 563\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAuto-Sizing Smart Components 566\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Smart Components 568\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working with Smart Components 576\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working with Library Features 579\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 586\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 19 Controlling Assembly Configurations and Display States 589\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Display States 589\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Assembly Configurations 592\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working with Assembly Configurations 600\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 604\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 20 Modeling in Context 605\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding In-Context Modeling 605\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDealing with the Practical Details of In-Context Modeling 615\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Other Types of External References 630\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working In-Context 631\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 635\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 21 Editing, Evaluating, and Troubleshooting Assemblies 637\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Mates 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing File Management Issues 645\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEvaluating Assemblies 651\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 654\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 22 Working with Large Scale Design 657\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Large Design Review 657\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Walk-Through 661\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a GridSystem 663\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTransferring Data with the IFC File Type 667\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 668\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 23 Animating with the MotionManager 669\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFamiliarizing Yourself with the MotionManager 670\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Animation Wizard 674\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnimating the View 683\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnimating with Key Points 691\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnimating with Basic Motion 696\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Mate Controller 700\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 702\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV Creating Drawings 703\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 24 Automating Drawings: The Basics 705\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComparing Templates and Formats 705\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Drawing Templates 720\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Blocks 725\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 726\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 25 Working with Drawing Views 727\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Common View Types 727\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Other View Types 740\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Display Options in Views 751\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDistinguishing Views from Sheets 756\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working with View Types, Settings, and Options 756\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 762\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 26 Using Annotations and Symbols 765\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Notes 765\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Blocks in Drawings 775\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Symbols 779\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Center Marks and Centerlines 780\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Using Annotations 782\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 784\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 27 Dimensioning and Tolerancing 787\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePutting Dimensions on Drawings 787\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Tolerances 799\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Dimension Styles 802\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAligning Dimensions and Annotations 802\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working with Dimensions and Tolerances 805\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 808\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 28 Using Layers, Line Fonts, and Colors 809\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Layers 809\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Line Format 813\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHiding and Showing Edges 815\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Using Drawing Display Tools 816\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 818\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 29 Working with Tables and Drawings 821\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDriving the Bill of Materials 821\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Design Tables 830\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlacing Hole Tables on Drawings 832\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Revision Tables 834\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing General Tables 836\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Tables in Models 836\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Using BOMs 837\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Using Hole Tables 841\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Using Revision Tables 843\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 844\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 30 Creating Assembly Drawings 845\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCombining Parts and Assemblies on the Same Drawing 845\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Multi-Page Templates 847\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Views with Special Assembly Functions 849\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Color in Assembly Drawing Views 860\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up Drawings of Large Assemblies 861\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Creating a Simple Assembly Drawing 866\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 869\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V Using Advanced and Specialized Techniques 871\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 31 Modeling Multibodies 873\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Powerful Tools Effectively 874\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Multibody Techniques 876\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Bodies 897\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorials: Working with Multibodies 902\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 906\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 32 Working with Surfaces 907\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing Surfaces 907\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Surfacing Terminology 908\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSurfacing Tools 911\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working with Surfaces 926\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 933\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 33 Employing Master Model Techniques 935\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaster Model Tools and Techniques 935\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Pull Functions 937\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Push Functions 940\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working with Master Model Techniques 943\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 947\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 34 Using SolidWorks Sheet Metal Tools 949\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Base Flange Features 949\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Sheet Metal Parts from Generic Models 983\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Other Methods 989\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Multibody Techniques with Sheet Metal 991\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working with the Insert Bends Method for Sheet Metal Parts 992\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Using the Base Flange Sheet Metal Method 995\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 999\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 35 Creating Sheet Metal Drawings 1005\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Sheet Metal Drawings 1005\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting the Flat Pattern 1006\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Drawings of Multibody Sheet Metal Parts 1012\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 1015\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 36 Creating Weldments and Weldment Drawings 1017\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSketching in 3D 1017\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Weldment Tools 1022\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Nonstructural Components 1032\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Sub-Weldments 1032\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Cut Lists 1033\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Weldment Drawings 1038\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Working with Weldments 1040\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 1046\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 37 Using Imported Geometry and Direct-Editing Techniques 1049\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Basics of Imported Geometry 1049\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Traditional Role of Direct Editing Tools 1060\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Strengths and Limitations of Direct\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing SolidWorks Direct Editing Tools 1062\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Importing and Repairing Solid Geometry 1067\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial: Flex and Freeform 1069\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 1072\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 38 Using Plastic Features 1073\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Plastic Features 1073\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Plastic Evaluation Tools 1093\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 1102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 39 Using Mold Tools 1107\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with the Mold Tools Process 1107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking Manually with Mold Tools 1122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 1124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendixes 1127\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A The Bottom Line 1127\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Introducing SolidWorks 1127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2: Navigating the SolidWorks Interface 1127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3: Working with Sketches and Reference Geometry 1128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Creating Simple Parts and Drawings 1129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Using Visualization Techniques 1130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6: Getting More from Your Sketches 1130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7: Modeling with Primary Features 1131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8: Selecting Secondary Features 1132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9: Patterning and Mirroring 1133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 10: Using Equations 1134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 11: Working with Part Configurations 1135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 12: Editing, Evaluating, and Troubleshooting 1135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 13: Building Efficient Assemblies 1136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 14: Getting More from Mates 1137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 15: Patterning and Mirroring Components 1138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 16: Working with Assembly Sketches and Layouts 1139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 17: Using Assembly Tools 1140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 18: Using Libraries, Assembly Features, and Hole Wizard 1141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 19: Controlling Assembly Configurations and Display States 1142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 20: Modeling in Context 1143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 21: Editing, Evaluating, and Troubleshooting Assemblies 1143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 22: Working with Large Scale Design 1144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 23: Animating with the MotionManager 1145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 24: Automating Drawings: The Basics 1145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 25: Working with Drawing Views 1146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 26: Using Annotations and Symbols 1147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 27: Dimensioning and Tolerancing 1148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 28: Using Layers, Line Fonts, and Colors 1149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 29: Working with Tables and Drawings 1150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 30: Creating Assembly Drawings 1150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 31: Modeling Multibodies 1151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 32: Working with Surfaces 1152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 33: Employing Master Model Techniques 1153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 34: Using SolidWorks Sheet Metal Tools 1155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 35: Creating Sheet Metal Drawings 1159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 36: Creating Weldments and Weldment Drawings 1160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 37: Using Imported Geometry and Direct-Editing Techniques 1161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 38: Using Plastic Features 1162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 39: Using Mold Tools 1165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix B Finding Help 1169\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSolidWorks Help 1169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSolidWorks Website 1170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomer Portal 1170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix C What’s on the Website 1175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystem Requirements 1175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomer Care 1176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 1177\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49407030952279,"sku":"9781119300571","price":46.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119300571.jpg?v=1730497936"},{"product_id":"the-sketchup-workflow-for-architecture-9781119383635","title":"The SketchUp Workflow for Architecture","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA guide for leveraging SketchUp for any project size, type, or style. New construction or renovation.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe revised and updated second edition of\u003ci\u003e The SketchUp Workflow for Architecture\u003c\/i\u003e offers guidelines for taking SketchUp to the next level in order to incorporate it into every phase of the architectural design process. The text walks through each step of the SketchUp process from the early stages of schematic design and model organization for both renovation and new construction projects to final documentation and shows how to maximize the LayOut toolset for drafting and presentations. Written by a noted expert in the field, the text is filled with tips and techniques to access the power of SketchUp and its related suite of tools.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe book presents a flexible workflow method that helps to make common design tasks easier and gives users the information needed to incorporate varying degrees of SketchUp into their design process. Filled with best practices fo\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I: Starting the Flow                \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Introduction\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Updated Workflow\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWho Should Read This Book?     \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat’s in This Book?     \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Are the Prerequisites?      \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSketchUp Make or SketchUp Pro?            \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOnline Content\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMental Preparation        \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePortfolio             \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Building Information Modeling           \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is BIM?    \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSketchUp and LayOut as BIM     \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFilling in the BIM Blanks\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBIM Burnout     \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe SketchUp Outlook  \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Hardware     \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMac vs. PC\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpecs\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComparison Shopping\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: File and Folder Management\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFolders and Files\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloud Storage\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eArchiving\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II: SketchUp              \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: SketchUp Basics         \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFive Core Concepts        \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLeveraging SketchUp     \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrecise Modeling\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModeling Strategy\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Geometry        \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganizing Geometry with Containers   \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSection Planes  \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLayers, Styles, and Scenes           \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: The Professional’s SketchUp Template            \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBase Template \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModel Info         \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStandard Layers\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStyles   \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUtility Scenes    \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: The Professional’s SketchUp Environment\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eToolbars              \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrays and Dialogs            \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystem Preferences       \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8: SketchUp Collections              \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaterial Collection         \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComponent Collections\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStyles Collection              \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9: Extensions   \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFind Extensions\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling Extensions      \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Extensions             \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecommended Extensions         \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III: LayOut  \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10: Introduction to LayOut         \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is LayOut?              \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy LayOut?    \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11: The LayOut Interface            \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Started\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMain Toolbar    \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocument Setup             \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreferences Window    \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInspectors          \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12: The Professional’s LayOut Environment       \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNew Presentation          \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystem Preferences       \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustom Toolbars             \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrays    \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBasic LayOut Template \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13: LayOut Tools             \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigating LayOut          \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrawing Tools   \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotation Tools\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTables  \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModification Tools          \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14: Inserting Content    \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with SketchUp Models\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Images    \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Text\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Tables\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging References   \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV: Model Organization       \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 15: Model Organization Overview          \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCore Concepts of Model Organization    \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNesting Groups and Layers\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSimplify the System       \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExpand the System         \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 16: New Construction   \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNew Construction Process\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe BLVD Coffee Shop Project\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 17: Renovation\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRenovation Process\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Milwaukee Street Renovation Project\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V: Visualization\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 18: Introduction to Visualization\/Preparation  \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePresentations   \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLevel of Detail   \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReal Objects      \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePopulating a Scene\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreparing a Model          \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 19: Rendering  \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSketchUp Stills  \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSketchUp Animations\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhotorealistic Rendering             \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 20: Altered Reality         \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVirtual Reality   \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAugmented Reality\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VI: Construction Documents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 21: Crucial Concepts for Construction Documents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVisual Merge\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRepresenting Objects\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSection Planes\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRendering Settings Theory\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLine Weight Theory\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStacking Viewports\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHatching\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 22: Title Blocks\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTemplates\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 23: Drawings\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrawings\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 24: Annotations\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotations\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrapbooks\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Collections\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 25: Exporting\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExporting to PDF\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExporting to CAD\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConclusion\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex   \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49407042978135,"sku":"9781119383635","price":49.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119383635.jpg?v=1730497978"},{"product_id":"autocad-2018-and-autocad-lt-2018-essentials-9781119386780","title":"AutoCAD 2018 and AutoCAD LT 2018 Essentials","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe step-by-step, full-color AutoCAD 2018 guide with real-world practicality\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eAutoCAD 2018 and AutoCAD LT 2018 Essentials\u003c\/i\u003e provides a full-color, task-based approach to mastering this powerful software. Straightforward, easy-to-follow instruction pairs with real-world, hands-on exercises to help you quickly get up to speed with core features and functions; screenshots illustrate tutorial steps to help you follow along, and each chapter concludes with a more open-ended project so you can dive in and explore a specific topic in-depth. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFrom 2D drawing and organization to 3D modeling, dimensioning, presenting, and more, this helpful guide walks you through everything you need to know to become productive with AutoCAD 2018 and AutoCAD LT 2018. The companion website features downloadable starting and ending files for each exercise, so you can jump in at any point and compare your work to the pros, as well as additional tutorials to help you go as deep as you need t\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Get ting Star ted 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSign In to Autodesk 360 on the Start Tab 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 1.1: Configure Autodesk 360  1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExplore the AutoCAD 2018 for Windows User Interface  4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 1.2: Explore the Graphical User Interface   4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 1.3: Control the AutoCAD Ribbon   9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSet Drawing Units  13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 1.4: Set the AutoCAD Drawing Units  14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Gaining Basic Drawing Skills 17\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigate 2D Drawings  17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.1: Navigate a Drawing 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw Lines and Rectangles  21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.2: Draw Lines  21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.3: Draw Rectangles 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCancel, Erase, and Undo  25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.4: Correct Mistakes 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Coordinate Systems  27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.5: Use Absolute Coordinates  27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.6: Use Relative Coordinates 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.7: Use Polar Coordinates 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw Circles, Arcs, and Polygons 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.8: Create Circles   33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.9: Create Arcs  36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.10: Draw Polygons  38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Fillet and Chamfer  40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.11: Join Nonparallel Lines  40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.12: Join Crossed Lines with Fillet  41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 Using Drawing Aids 43\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Grid and Snap  43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.1: Draw with Grid and Snap 44t e n t s\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEmploy Ortho and Polar Tracking  47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.2: Draw with Ortho and Polar Tracking  47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse PolarSnap  48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.3: Draw with PolarSnap 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelect Running Object Snaps   51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.4: Draw with Running Object Snaps  51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHarness the From Snap 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.5: Use the From Snap 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply Object Snap Tracking  55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.6: Use Object Snap Tracking  55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Editing Entities 59\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Selection Sets 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.1: Create a Selection Set at the Select Objects: Prompt  60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.2: Create a Selection Set Before Deciding on a Command   62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Move and Copy  66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.3: Move and Copy  66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Rotate and Scale 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.4: Rotate and Scale 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Arrays  73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.5: Create a Rectangular Array 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.6: Create a Polar Array 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Trim and Extend 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.7: Trim and Measure  77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Lengthen and Stretch  78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.8: Lengthen and Stretch 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Offset and Mirror 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.9: Offset and Mirror 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit with Grips  82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.10: Edit with Grips  83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Shaping Curves 85\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw and Edit Curved Polylines  85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 5.1: Draw and Edit Curved Polylines  85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw Ellipses 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 5.2: Draw Ellipses   91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShape Splines 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 5.3: Work with Control Vertices 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 5.4: Work with Fit Points 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBlend Between Objects with Splines 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 5.5: Blend Splines  102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 Controlling Object Visibility and Appearance 105\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChange Object Properties  105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.1: Edit Object Properties  106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSet the Current Layer  109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.2: Choose the Current Layer 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlter the Layer Assignments of Objects 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.3: Assign Layers  113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControl Layer Visibility  116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.4: Toggle Layer Status 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.5: Isolate Layers  118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.6: Save Layer States  120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply Linetype  121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.7: Use Linetype   122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssign Properties by Object or by Layer 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.8: Assign Properties  125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManage Layer Properties  126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.9: Control Layer Properties  126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIsolate Objects  128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.10: Isolate and Hide Individual Objects  128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 Organizing Objects 131\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Blocks  131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.1: Draw a Chair and Define It as a Block 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.2: Draw a Door and Define It as a Block  135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInsert Blocks  137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.3: Use Blocks  137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Blocks  141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.4: Edit Block Definitions  142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.5: Assign Floating Properties   143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.6: Nest Blocks  145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.7: Explode Blocks  147t e n t s\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRedefine Blocks  148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.8: Redefine Block Definitions   148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Groups  151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.9: Create Groups  151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Hatching and Gradients 155\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpecify Hatch Areas 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.1: Pick Points to Determine Boundaries 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.2: Select Objects to Define Boundaries  159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssociate Hatches with Boundaries 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.3: Associate Boundaries  161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHatch with Patterns 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.4: Specify Properties 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.5: Separate Hatch Areas  165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHatch with Gradients  168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.6: Create Gradients  168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 Working with Blocks and Xrefs 171\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Global Blocks  171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.1: Write a Local Block Definition to a File  171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.2: Insert a Drawing as a Local Block   175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.3: Redefine Local Blocks with Global Blocks  177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccess Content Globally  179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.4: Access Global Content  179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStore Content on Tool Palettes  180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.5: Add to the Tool Palettes 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReference External Drawings and Images 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.6: Use Xrefs  183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 Creating and Editing Text 189\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStyle Text  189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.1: Create Text Styles 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWrite Lines of Text  191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.2: Create Text to Fit 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.3: Justify Text   193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.4: Transform and Create Text  194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWrite and Format Paragraphs Using MTEXT  197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.5: Write and Format with MTEXT   197t\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Text   200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.6: Edit Content and Properties  201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.7: Work with Columns 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecognize and Combine Text  203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.8: Import, Recognize, and Combine Text from PDF  204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11 Dimensioning 209\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStyle Dimensions  209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 11.1: Create Dimension Styles 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd Dimensions  215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 11.2: Use Inquiry Commands  215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 11.3: Add Dimension Objects  218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 11.4: Add and Style Multileaders  222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Dimensions  223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 11.5: Alter Dimension Objects 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12 Keeping In Control with Constraints 227\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Geometric Constraints 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 12.1: Use Geometric Constraints  227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply Dimensional Constraints  230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 12.2: Create Dimensional Constraints   231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstrain Objects Simultaneously with Geometry and Dimensions 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 12.3: Use Simultaneous Constraints  234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMake Parametric Changes to Constrained Objects   236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 12.4: Alter Constraint Parameters  237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13 Working with Layouts and Annotative Objects 239\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Annotative Styles and Objects 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.1: Work with Annotative Text  240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.2: Work with Annotative Dimensions 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Layouts  245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.3: Configure Layouts 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjust Floating Viewports 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.4: Work on Layout1 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.5: Work on Layout2 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverride Layer Properties in Layout Viewports  254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.6: Override Layer Properties   255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw on Layouts  256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.7: Lay Out Geometry 256on t e n t s\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1 Get ting Star ted 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSign In to Autodesk 360 on the Start Tab 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 1.1: Configure Autodesk 360  1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExplore the AutoCAD 2018 for Windows User Interface  4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 1.2: Explore the Graphical User Interface   4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 1.3: Control the AutoCAD Ribbon   9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSet Drawing Units  13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 1.4: Set the AutoCAD Drawing Units  14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2 Gaining Basic Drawing Skills 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigate 2D Drawings  17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.1: Navigate a Drawing 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw Lines and Rectangles  21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.2: Draw Lines  21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.3: Draw Rectangles 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCancel, Erase, and Undo  25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.4: Correct Mistakes 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Coordinate Systems  27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.5: Use Absolute Coordinates  27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.6: Use Relative Coordinates 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.7: Use Polar Coordinates 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw Circles, Arcs, and Polygons 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.8: Create Circles   33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.9: Create Arcs  36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.10: Draw Polygons  38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Fillet and Chamfer  40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.11: Join Nonparallel Lines  40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 2.12: Join Crossed Lines with Fillet  41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3 Using Drawing Aids 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Grid and Snap  43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.1: Draw with Grid and Snap 44t e n t s\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEmploy Ortho and Polar Tracking  47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.2: Draw with Ortho and Polar Tracking  47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse PolarSnap  48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.3: Draw with PolarSnap 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelect Running Object Snaps   51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.4: Draw with Running Object Snaps  51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHarness the From Snap 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.5: Use the From Snap 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply Object Snap Tracking  55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 3.6: Use Object Snap Tracking  55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4 Editing Entities 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Selection Sets 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.1: Create a Selection Set at the Select Objects: Prompt  60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.2: Create a Selection Set Before Deciding on a Command   62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Move and Copy  66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.3: Move and Copy  66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Rotate and Scale 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.4: Rotate and Scale 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Arrays  73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.5: Create a Rectangular Array 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.6: Create a Polar Array 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Trim and Extend 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.7: Trim and Measure  77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Lengthen and Stretch  78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.8: Lengthen and Stretch 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Offset and Mirror 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.9: Offset and Mirror 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit with Grips  82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 4.10: Edit with Grips  83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5 Shaping Curves 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw and Edit Curved Polylines  85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 5.1: Draw and Edit Curved Polylines  85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw Ellipses 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 5.2: Draw Ellipses   91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShape Splines 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 5.3: Work with Control Vertices 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 5.4: Work with Fit Points 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBlend Between Objects with Splines 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 5.5: Blend Splines  102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6 Controlling Object Visibility and Appearance 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChange Object Properties  105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.1: Edit Object Properties  106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSet the Current Layer  109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.2: Choose the Current Layer 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlter the Layer Assignments of Objects 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.3: Assign Layers  113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControl Layer Visibility  116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.4: Toggle Layer Status 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.5: Isolate Layers  118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.6: Save Layer States  120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply Linetype  121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.7: Use Linetype   122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssign Properties by Object or by Layer 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.8: Assign Properties  125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManage Layer Properties  126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.9: Control Layer Properties  126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIsolate Objects  128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 6.10: Isolate and Hide Individual Objects  128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7 Organizing Objects 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Blocks  131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.1: Draw a Chair and Define It as a Block 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.2: Draw a Door and Define It as a Block  135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInsert Blocks  137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.3: Use Blocks  137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Blocks  141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.4: Edit Block Definitions  142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.5: Assign Floating Properties   143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.6: Nest Blocks  145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.7: Explode Blocks  147t e n t s\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRedefine Blocks  148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.8: Redefine Block Definitions   148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Groups  151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 7.9: Create Groups  151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8 Hatching and Gradients 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpecify Hatch Areas 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.1: Pick Points to Determine Boundaries 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.2: Select Objects to Define Boundaries  159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssociate Hatches with Boundaries 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.3: Associate Boundaries  161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHatch with Patterns 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.4: Specify Properties 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.5: Separate Hatch Areas  165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHatch with Gradients  168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 8.6: Create Gradients  168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9 Working with Blocks and Xrefs 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Global Blocks  171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.1: Write a Local Block Definition to a File  171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.2: Insert a Drawing as a Local Block   175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.3: Redefine Local Blocks with Global Blocks  177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccess Content Globally  179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.4: Access Global Content  179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStore Content on Tool Palettes  180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.5: Add to the Tool Palettes 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReference External Drawings and Images 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 9.6: Use Xrefs  183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 10 Creating and Editing Text 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStyle Text  189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.1: Create Text Styles 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWrite Lines of Text  191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.2: Create Text to Fit 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.3: Justify Text   193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.4: Transform and Create Text  194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWrite and Format Paragraphs Using MTEXT  197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.5: Write and Format with MTEXT   197t\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Text   200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.6: Edit Content and Properties  201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.7: Work with Columns 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecognize and Combine Text  203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 10.8: Import, Recognize, and Combine Text from PDF  204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 11 Dimensioning 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStyle Dimensions  209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 11.1: Create Dimension Styles 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd Dimensions  215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 11.2: Use Inquiry Commands  215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 11.3: Add Dimension Objects  218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 11.4: Add and Style Multileaders  222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Dimensions  223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 11.5: Alter Dimension Objects 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 12 Keeping In Control with Constraints 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Geometric Constraints 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 12.1: Use Geometric Constraints  227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply Dimensional Constraints  230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 12.2: Create Dimensional Constraints   231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstrain Objects Simultaneously with Geometry and Dimensions 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 12.3: Use Simultaneous Constraints  234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMake Parametric Changes to Constrained Objects   236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 12.4: Alter Constraint Parameters  237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 13 Working with Layouts and Annotative Objects 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Annotative Styles and Objects 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.1: Work with Annotative Text  240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.2: Work with Annotative Dimensions 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Layouts  245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.3: Configure Layouts 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjust Floating Viewports 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.4: Work on Layout1 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.5: Work on Layout2 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverride Layer Properties in Layout Viewports  254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.6: Override Layer Properties   255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw on Layouts  256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 13.7: Lay Out Geometry 256on t e n t s\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14 Printing and Plot ting 261\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfigure Output Devices  261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.1: Set Up a System Printer  262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.2: Set Up an AutoCAD Plotter  262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Plot Style Tables  265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.3: Create a Named Plot Style Table  265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Plot Style Tables  267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.4: Configure New Drawings for Named Plot Style Tables  267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.5: Assign Plot Styles by Layer or by Object  270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlot in Model Space 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.6: Plot from Model Space 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlot Layouts in Paper Space   277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.7: Plot from Paper Space 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExport to an Electronic Format 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.8: Export to DWF 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.9: Export to PDF 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.10: Share Design Views 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 15 Working with Data 287\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeolocate Projects  287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.1: Geolocate a Drawing  288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImport SketchUp Models  292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.2: Import a SketchUp Model   292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Attributes and Blocks   293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.3: Define Attributes and a Block  294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInsert Attributed Blocks  298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.4: Insert Block References with Attributes  298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Table Styles and Create Tables 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.5: Alter a Table Style and Make a Table  300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Fields in Table Cells  305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.6: Create Fields  305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Table Data  308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.7: Alter Table Data  308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 16 Navigating 3D Models 317\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Visual Styles  317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.1: Explore Visual Styles  318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Tiled Viewports  322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.2: Tile Viewports 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigate with the ViewCube   324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.3: Use the ViewCube to Navigate  324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrbit in 3D  326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.4: Orbit  326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Cameras 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.5: Utilize Virtual Cameras  328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigate with SteeringWheels  331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.6: Use SteeringWheels to Navigate  331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSave Views 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.7: Save Views  334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 17 Modeling in 3D 337\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Surface Models  337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.1: Make Planar Surfaces  338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.2: Revolve a 2D Profile to Create a 3D Model  339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.3: Sweep Out 3D Geometry 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.4: Extrude 2D Geometry into 3D   342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Surface Models  344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.5: Trim Surfaces with Other Surfaces 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.6: Project Edges on Surfaces  345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.7: Trim Surfaces with Edges  348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Solid Models 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.8: Extrude Solid Objects 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.9: Loft Solid Objects 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Solid Models  356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.10: Perform Boolean Operations  356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.11: Edit Solids   359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSmooth Mesh Models  363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.12: Create, Edit, and Smooth Mesh  363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLive-Section Models 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.13: Create and Edit a Section Plane   365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 18 Presenting and Documenting 3D Design 369\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssign Materials  370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 18.1: Apply Materials  370t e n t s\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlace and Adjust Lights  376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 18.2: Add Artificial Lights  376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 18.3: Simulate Natural Light  382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Renderings 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 18.4: Make Realistic Renderings in the Cloud 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocument Models with Drawings  387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 18.5: Document Models 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A Making Isometric Drawings 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B Autodesk™ AutoCAD™ 2018 Certif ication 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfigure Output Devices  261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.1: Set Up a System Printer  262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.2: Set Up an AutoCAD Plotter  262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Plot Style Tables  265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.3: Create a Named Plot Style Table  265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Plot Style Tables  267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.4: Configure New Drawings for Named Plot Style Tables  267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.5: Assign Plot Styles by Layer or by Object  270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlot in Model Space 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.6: Plot from Model Space 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlot Layouts in Paper Space   277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.7: Plot from Paper Space 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExport to an Electronic Format 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.8: Export to DWF 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.9: Export to PDF 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 14.10: Share Design Views 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 15 Working with Data 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeolocate Projects  287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.1: Geolocate a Drawing  288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImport SketchUp Models  292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.2: Import a SketchUp Model   292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Attributes and Blocks   293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.3: Define Attributes and a Block  294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInsert Attributed Blocks  298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.4: Insert Block References with Attributes  298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Table Styles and Create Tables 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.5: Alter a Table Style and Make a Table  300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Fields in Table Cells  305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.6: Create Fields  305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Table Data  308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 15.7: Alter Table Data  308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 16 Navigating 3D Models 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Visual Styles  317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.1: Explore Visual Styles  318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Tiled Viewports  322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.2: Tile Viewports 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigate with the ViewCube   324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.3: Use the ViewCube to Navigate  324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrbit in 3D  326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.4: Orbit  326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Cameras 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.5: Utilize Virtual Cameras  328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigate with SteeringWheels  331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.6: Use SteeringWheels to Navigate  331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSave Views 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 16.7: Save Views  334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 17 Modeling in 3D 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Surface Models  337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.1: Make Planar Surfaces  338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.2: Revolve a 2D Profile to Create a 3D Model  339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.3: Sweep Out 3D Geometry 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.4: Extrude 2D Geometry into 3D   342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Surface Models  344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.5: Trim Surfaces with Other Surfaces 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.6: Project Edges on Surfaces  345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.7: Trim Surfaces with Edges  348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Solid Models 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.8: Extrude Solid Objects 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.9: Loft Solid Objects 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit Solid Models  356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.10: Perform Boolean Operations  356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.11: Edit Solids   359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSmooth Mesh Models  363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.12: Create, Edit, and Smooth Mesh  363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLive-Section Models 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 17.13: Create and Edit a Section Plane   365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 18 Presenting and Documenting 3D Design 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssign Materials  370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 18.1: Apply Materials  370t e n t s\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlace and Adjust Lights  376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 18.2: Add Artificial Lights  376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 18.3: Simulate Natural Light  382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Renderings 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 18.4: Make Realistic Renderings in the Cloud 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocument Models with Drawings  387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercise 18.5: Document Models 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A Making Isometric Drawings 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B Autodesk™ AutoCAD™ 2018 Certif ication 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 403\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49407043666263,"sku":"9781119386780","price":27.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119386780.jpg?v=1730497981"},{"product_id":"mastering-autodesk-revit-2020-9781119570127","title":"Mastering Autodesk Revit 2020","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe best-selling Revit guide, now more complete than ever with all-new coverage on the 2020 release Mastering Autodesk Revit 2020 is packed with focused discussions, detailed exercises, and real-world examples to help you get up to speed quickly on the latest version of Autodesk Revit. Organized according to how you learn and implement the software, this book provides expert guidance for all skill levels. Hands-on tutorials allow you to dive right in and start accomplishing vital tasks, while compelling examples illustrate how Revit for Architecture is used in every project. Available online downloads include before-and-after tutorial files and additional advanced content to help you quickly master this powerful software. From basic interface topics to advanced visualization techniques and documentation, this invaluable guide is your ideal companion through the Revit workflow.    Whether you're preparing for Autodesk certification exams or just want to become more productive with the a\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction xxxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 1 Fundamentals 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Understanding the Principles of BIM 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Fundamentals of a BIM Approach 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Management People inside a BIM Project Team 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing a BIM Execution Plan 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOptimizing BIM Processes 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying and Planning BIM Uses 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntegrating Tools inside a BIM Workflow 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat is Revit? 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Exploring the UI and Organizing Projects 25\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the User Interface 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining Project Organization 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 The Basics of the Toolbox 75\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting, Modifying, and Replacing Elements 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Elements Interactively 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploring Other Editing Tools 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing Models with the Cloud 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModeling Site Context 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Configuring Templates and Standards 123\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing Project Templates 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing Project Settings for Graphic Quality 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIncreasing Efficient View Management 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Custom Annotations 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStarting a Project with a Custom Template 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStrategies for Managing Templates 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 2 Collaboration and Teamwork 175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Collaborating with a Team 177\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Worksharing Basics 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnabling Worksharing on Your Project 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganizing Worksets 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Workflow with Worksets 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Element Ownership in Worksets 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCollaborating in the Cloud 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 Working with Consultants 217\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreparing for Collaboration 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging the Coordination Process 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Linked Models in Revit 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Coordination Tools 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 Interoperability: Working Multiplatform 253\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExamining Interoperability on a BIM Curve 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInserting CAD Data 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Inserted 2D Data 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Inserted 3D Data 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Other Data Types 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExporting CAD Data 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExporting 2D CAD Data 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExporting 3D Model Data 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Managing Revit Projects 297\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Importance of Managing Revit Projects 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding What’s Needed in a QA\/QC Program 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Revit for QA\/QC 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 3 Modeling and Massing for Design 317\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 Advanced Modeling and Massing 319\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Massing User Interface and Functionality 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Free-Form Building Massing 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Formula-Driven Massing 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 Conceptual Design 373\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Started with Dynamo 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting Nodes Makes Data Flow 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Visual Programming 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdditional Dynamo Tools 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Started with FormIt 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdvanced Modeling in FormIt 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11 Working with Phasing, Groups, and Design Options 421\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Phasing 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating and Using Groups 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Design Options for Design Iteration 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCombining Phasing, Groups, and Design Options 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12 Visualization 477\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExplaining the Role of Visualization 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding View Controls 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Analytic Visualization 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Photorealistic Visualization 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdditional Options and the Future of Visualization 538\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 546\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 4 Extended Modeling Techniques 549\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13 Creating Walls and Curtain Walls 551\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Extended Modeling Techniques for Basic Walls 551\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Stacked Walls 576\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Simple Curtain Walls 579\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Complex Curtain Walls 595\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 617\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14 Modeling Floors, Ceilings, and Roofs 619\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Floor Types 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSketching for Floors, Ceilings, and Roofs 628\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModeling Slab Edges 629\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModeling Floor Finishes 633\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Ceilings 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Roof Modeling Methods 638\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Advanced Shape Editing with Floors and Roofs 653\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 656\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 15 Designing with the Family Editor 659\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Started with a Family 659\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping the Framework for a Family Component 671\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModeling Techniques in the Family Editor 690\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTroubleshooting Techniques 707\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 712\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 16 Creating Stairs and Railings 715\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigning Stairs and Railings 715\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReviewing the Key Components of Stairs and Railings 717\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Stairs 727\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotating Stairs 753\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Railings 755\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Railing Tool for Other Objects 764\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 769\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 5 Documentation 771\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 17 Detailing Your Design 773\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Details 773\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDetailing Tools 777\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Detail Components to Families 797\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReusing Details from Other Files 800\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 805\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 18 Documenting Your Design 807\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting Plans 807\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Schedules and Legends 819\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLaying Out Sheets 833\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 839\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 19 Annotating Your Design 841\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotating with Text and Keynotes 841\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotating with Tags 859\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Dimensions 865\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotating with Project and Shared Parameters 874\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 886\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 6 Construction and Beyond 887\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 20 Working in the Construction Phase 889\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Revisions in Your Project 889\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Digital Markups 896\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModeling for Construction 902\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 915\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 21 Presenting Your Design 917\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Color Fill Legends 917\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePresenting with 3D Views 928\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Viewport Types 932\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating “Exploded” Axonometric Views 934\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 940\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 22 Design Analysis 941\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnalyzing for Sustainability 941\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Conceptual Energy Analysis Tool 946\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Lighting Analysis 966\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnalyzing the Path of Travel 973\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Bottom Line 978\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 7 Appendices 981\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A The Bottom Line 983\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Understanding the Principles of BIM 983\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2: Exploring the UI and Organizing Projects 984\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3: The Basics of the Toolbox 984\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Configuring Templates and Standards 985\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Collaborating with a Team 986\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6: Working with Consultants 988\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7: Interoperability: Working Multiplatform 989\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8: Managing Revit Projects 990\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9: Advanced Modeling and Massing 991\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 10: Conceptual Design 992\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 11: Working with Phasing, Groups, and Design Options 993\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 12: Visualization 994\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 13: Creating Walls and Curtain Walls 995\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 14: Modeling Floors, Ceilings, and Roofs 996\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 15: Designing with the Family Editor 997\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 16: Creating Stairs and Railings 998\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 17: Detailing Your Design 1000\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 18: Documenting Your Design 1002\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 19: Annotating Your Design 1003\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 20: Working in the Construction Phase 1004\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 21: Presenting Your Design 1004\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 22: Design Analysis 1005\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix B Tips, Tricks, and Troubleshooting 1007\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOptimizing Performance 1007\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Best Practices 1010\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuality Control 1015\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Tips and Shortcuts 1027\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdditional Resources 1030\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix C Autodesk Revit Architecture Certification 1033\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 1037\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49407086854487,"sku":"9781119570127","price":46.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119570127.jpg?v=1730498131"}],"url":"https:\/\/bookcurl.com\/collections\/computer-aided-design-cad.oembed?page=3","provider":"Book Curl","version":"1.0","type":"link"}